Import changeset

author: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@athlon.transmeta.com> 2002-02-04 17:40:40 -0800
committer: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@athlon.transmeta.com> 2002-02-04 17:40:40 -0800
commit: 7a2deb32924142696b8174cdf9b38cd72a11fc96 (patch)
tree: 8ecc18f81fdb849254f39dc2e9fd77253319e1ec /scripts
39 files changed, 11724 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/scripts/Configure b/scripts/Configure
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f931c4cbfd04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/Configure
@@ -0,0 +1,584 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+#
+# This script is used to configure the Linux kernel.
+#
+# It was inspired by the challenge in the original Configure script
+# to ``do something better'', combined with the actual need to ``do
+# something better'' because the old configure script wasn't flexible
+# enough.
+#
+# Raymond Chen was the original author of Configure.
+# Michael Elizabeth Chastain (mec@shout.net) is the current maintainer.
+#
+# 050793 - use IFS='@' to get around a bug in a pre-version of bash-1.13
+# with an empty IFS.
+#
+# 030995 (storner@osiris.ping.dk) - added support for tri-state answers,
+# for selecting modules to compile.
+#
+# 180995 Bernhard Kaindl (bkaindl@ping.at) - added dummy functions for
+# use with a config.in modified for make menuconfig.
+#
+# 301195 (boldt@math.ucsb.edu) - added help text support
+#
+# 281295 Paul Gortmaker - make tri_state functions collapse to boolean
+# if module support is not enabled.
+#
+# 010296 Aaron Ucko (ucko@vax1.rockhurst.edu) - fix int and hex to accept
+# arbitrary ranges
+#
+# 150296 Dick Streefland (dicks@tasking.nl) - report new configuration
+# items and ask for a value even when doing a "make oldconfig"
+#
+# 200396 Tom Dyas (tdyas@eden.rutgers.edu) - when the module option is
+# chosen for an item, define the macro <option_name>_MODULE
+#
+# 090397 Axel Boldt (boldt@math.ucsb.edu) - avoid ? and + in regular 
+# expressions for GNU expr since version 1.15 and up use \? and \+.
+#
+# 300397 Phil Blundell (pjb27@cam.ac.uk) - added support for min/max 
+# arguments to "int", allow dep_tristate to take a list of dependencies
+# rather than just one.
+#
+# 090398 Axel Boldt (boldt@math.ucsb.edu) - allow for empty lines in help
+# texts.
+#
+# 102598 Michael Chastain (mec@shout.net) - put temporary files in
+# current directory, not in /tmp.
+#
+# 24 January 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain, <mec@shout.net>
+# - Improve the exit message (Jeff Ronne).
+
+#
+# Make sure we're really running bash.
+#
+# I would really have preferred to write this script in a language with
+# better string handling, but alas, bash is the only scripting language
+# that I can be reasonable sure everybody has on their linux machine.
+#
+[ -z "$BASH" ] && { echo "Configure requires bash" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+
+# Disable filename globbing once and for all.
+# Enable function cacheing.
+set -f -h
+
+#
+# Dummy functions for use with a config.in modified for menuconf
+#
+function mainmenu_option () {
+	:
+}
+function mainmenu_name () {
+	:
+}
+function endmenu () {
+	:
+}
+
+#
+# help prints the corresponding help text from Configure.help to stdout
+#
+#       help variable
+#
+function help () {
+  if [ -f Documentation/Configure.help ]
+  then
+     #first escape regexp special characters in the argument:
+     var=$(echo "$1"|sed 's/[][\/.^$*]/\\&/g')
+     #now pick out the right help text:
+     text=$(sed -n "/^$var[ 	]*\$/,\${
+			/^$var[ 	]*\$/c\\
+${var}:\\
+
+			/^#/b
+			/^[^ 	]/q
+			p
+		    }" Documentation/Configure.help)
+     if [ -z "$text" ]
+     then
+	  echo; echo "  Sorry, no help available for this option yet.";echo
+     else
+	  (echo; echo "$text") | ${PAGER:-more}
+     fi
+  else
+     echo;
+     echo "  Can't access the file Documentation/Configure.help which"
+     echo "  should contain the help texts."
+     echo
+  fi
+}
+
+
+#
+# readln reads a line into $ans.
+#
+#	readln prompt default oldval
+#
+function readln () {
+	if [ "$DEFAULT" = "-d" -a -n "$3" ]; then
+		echo "$1"
+		ans=$2
+	else
+		echo -n "$1"
+		[ -z "$3" ] && echo -n "(NEW) "
+		IFS='@' read ans || exit 1
+		[ -z "$ans" ] && ans=$2
+	fi
+}
+
+#
+# comment does some pretty-printing
+#
+#	comment 'xxx'
+# 
+function comment () {
+	echo "*"; echo "* $1" ; echo "*"
+	(echo "" ; echo "#"; echo "# $1" ; echo "#") >>$CONFIG
+	(echo "" ; echo "/*"; echo " * $1" ; echo " */") >>$CONFIG_H
+}
+
+#
+# define_bool sets the value of a boolean argument
+#
+#	define_bool define value
+#
+function define_bool () {
+	define_tristate $1 $2
+}
+
+function define_tristate () {
+	case "$2" in
+	 "y")
+		echo "$1=y" >>$CONFIG
+		echo "#define $1 1" >>$CONFIG_H
+		;;
+
+	 "m")
+		echo "$1=m" >>$CONFIG
+		echo "#undef  $1" >>$CONFIG_H
+		echo "#define $1_MODULE 1" >>$CONFIG_H
+		;;
+
+	 "n")
+		echo "# $1 is not set" >>$CONFIG
+		echo "#undef  $1" >>$CONFIG_H
+		;;
+	esac
+	eval "$1=$2"
+}
+
+#
+# bool processes a boolean argument
+#
+#	bool question define
+#
+function bool () {
+	old=$(eval echo "\${$2}")
+	def=${old:-'n'}
+	case "$def" in
+	 "y" | "m") defprompt="Y/n/?"
+	      def="y"
+	      ;;
+	 "n") defprompt="N/y/?"
+	      ;;
+	esac
+	while :; do
+	  readln "$1 ($2) [$defprompt] " "$def" "$old"
+	  case "$ans" in
+	    [yY] | [yY]es ) define_bool "$2" "y"
+			    break;;
+	    [nN] | [nN]o )  define_bool "$2" "n"
+			    break;;
+	    * )             help "$2"
+			    ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+}
+
+#
+# tristate processes a tristate argument
+#
+#	tristate question define
+#
+function tristate () {
+	if [ "$CONFIG_MODULES" != "y" ]; then
+	  bool "$1" "$2"
+	else 
+	  old=$(eval echo "\${$2}")
+	  def=${old:-'n'}
+	  case "$def" in
+	   "y") defprompt="Y/m/n/?"
+		;;
+	   "m") defprompt="M/n/y/?"
+		;;
+	   "n") defprompt="N/y/m/?"
+		;;
+	  esac
+	  while :; do
+	    readln "$1 ($2) [$defprompt] " "$def" "$old"
+	    case "$ans" in
+	      [yY] | [yY]es ) define_tristate "$2" "y"
+			      break ;;
+	      [nN] | [nN]o )  define_tristate "$2" "n"
+			      break ;;
+	      [mM] )          define_tristate "$2" "m"
+			      break ;;
+	      * )             help "$2"
+			      ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+}
+
+#
+# dep_tristate processes a tristate argument that depends upon
+# another option or options.  If any of the options we depend upon is a
+# module, then the only allowable options are M or N.  If all are Y, then
+# this is a normal tristate.  This is used in cases where modules
+# are nested, and one module requires the presence of something
+# else in the kernel.
+#
+#	dep_tristate question define default ...
+#
+function dep_tristate () {
+	old=$(eval echo "\${$2}")
+	def=${old:-'n'}
+	ques=$1
+	var=$2
+	need_module=0
+	shift 2
+	while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
+	  case "$1" in
+ 	    n)
+	      define_tristate "$var" "n"
+	      return
+	      ;;
+	    m)
+	      need_module=1
+	      ;;
+	  esac
+	  shift
+	done
+
+	if [ $need_module = 1 ]; then
+	   if [ "$CONFIG_MODULES" = "y" ]; then
+		case "$def" in
+		 "y" | "m") defprompt="M/n/?"
+		      def="m"
+		      ;;
+		 "n") defprompt="N/m/?"
+		      ;;
+		esac
+		while :; do
+		  readln "$ques ($var) [$defprompt] " "$def" "$old"
+		  case "$ans" in
+		      [nN] | [nN]o )  define_tristate "$var" "n"
+				      break ;;
+		      [mM] )          define_tristate "$var" "m"
+				      break ;;
+		      [yY] | [yY]es ) echo 
+   echo "  This answer is not allowed, because it is not consistent with"
+   echo "  your other choices."
+   echo "  This driver depends on another one which you chose to compile"
+   echo "  as a module. This means that you can either compile this one"
+   echo "  as a module as well (with M) or leave it out altogether (N)."
+				      echo
+				      ;;
+		      * )             help "$var"
+				      ;;
+		  esac
+		done
+	   fi
+	else
+	   tristate "$ques" "$var"
+	fi
+}
+
+function dep_bool () {
+	ques=$1
+	var=$2
+	shift 2
+	while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
+	  case "$1" in
+	    m | n)
+	      define_bool "$var" "n"
+	      return
+	      ;;
+	  esac
+	  shift
+	done
+
+	bool "$ques" "$var"
+}
+
+function dep_mbool () {
+	ques=$1
+	var=$2
+	shift 2
+	while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
+	  case "$1" in
+	    n)
+	      define_bool "$var" "n"
+	      return
+	      ;;
+	  esac
+	  shift
+	done
+
+	bool "$ques" "$var"
+}
+
+#
+# define_int sets the value of a integer argument
+#
+#	define_int define value
+#
+function define_int () {
+	echo "$1=$2" >>$CONFIG
+	echo "#define $1 ($2)" >>$CONFIG_H
+	eval "$1=$2"
+}
+
+#
+# int processes an integer argument with optional limits
+#
+#	int question define default [min max]
+#
+function int () {
+	old=$(eval echo "\${$2}")
+	def=${old:-$3}
+	if [ $# -gt 3 ]; then
+	  min=$4
+	else
+	  min=-10000000    # !!
+	fi
+	if [ $# -gt 4 ]; then
+	  max=$5
+	else
+	  max=10000000     # !!
+	fi
+	while :; do
+	  readln "$1 ($2) [$def] " "$def" "$old"
+	  if expr \( \( $ans + 0 \) \>= $min \) \& \( $ans \<= $max \) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+            define_int "$2" "$ans"
+	    break
+          else
+	    help "$2"
+          fi
+	done
+}
+
+#
+# define_hex sets the value of a hexadecimal argument
+#
+#	define_hex define value
+#
+function define_hex () {
+	echo "$1=$2" >>$CONFIG
+	echo "#define $1 0x${2#*[x,X]}" >>$CONFIG_H
+	eval "$1=$2"
+}
+
+#
+# hex processes an hexadecimal argument
+#
+#	hex question define default
+#
+function hex () {
+	old=$(eval echo "\${$2}")
+	def=${old:-$3}
+	def=${def#*[x,X]}
+	while :; do
+	  readln "$1 ($2) [$def] " "$def" "$old"
+	  ans=${ans#*[x,X]}
+	  if expr "$ans" : '[0-9a-fA-F][0-9a-fA-F]*$' > /dev/null; then
+	    define_hex "$2" "$ans"
+	    break
+	  else
+	    help "$2"
+	  fi
+	done
+}
+
+#
+# define_string sets the value of a string argument
+#
+#	define_string define value
+#
+function define_string () {
+	echo "$1=\"$2\"" >>$CONFIG
+	echo "#define $1 \"$2\"" >>$CONFIG_H
+	eval "$1=\"$2\""
+}
+
+#
+# string processes a string argument
+#
+#	string question define default
+#
+function string () {
+	old=$(eval echo "\${$2}")
+	def=${old:-$3}
+	while :; do
+          if [ "$old" = "?" ]; then
+             readln "$1 ($2) [$def] " "$def" ""
+          else
+	     readln "$1 ($2) [$def] " "$def" "$old"
+          fi
+	  if [ "$ans" = "?" ]; then
+	    help "$2"
+	  else
+	    break
+	  fi
+	done
+	define_string "$2" "$ans"
+}
+#
+# choice processes a choice list (1-out-of-n)
+#
+#	choice question choice-list default
+#
+# The choice list has a syntax of:
+#	NAME WHITESPACE VALUE { WHITESPACE NAME WHITESPACE VALUE }
+# The user may enter any unique prefix of one of the NAMEs and
+# choice will define VALUE as if it were a boolean option.
+# VALUE must be in all uppercase.  Normally, VALUE is of the
+# form CONFIG_<something>.  Thus, if the user selects <something>,
+# the CPP symbol CONFIG_<something> will be defined and the
+# shell variable CONFIG_<something> will be set to "y".
+#
+function choice () {
+	question="$1"
+	choices="$2"
+	old=
+	def=$3
+
+	# determine default answer:
+	names=""
+	set -- $choices
+	firstvar=$2
+	while [ -n "$2" ]; do
+		if [ -n "$names" ]; then
+			names="$names, $1"
+		else
+			names="$1"
+		fi
+		if [ "$(eval echo \"\${$2}\")" = "y" ]; then
+			old=$1
+			def=$1
+		fi
+		shift; shift
+	done
+
+	val=""
+	while [ -z "$val" ]; do
+		ambg=n
+		readln "$question ($names) [$def] " "$def" "$old"
+		ans=$(echo $ans | tr a-z A-Z)
+		set -- $choices
+		while [ -n "$1" ]; do
+			name=$(echo $1 | tr a-z A-Z)
+			case "$name" in
+				"$ans"* | */"$ans"* )
+					case "$name" in
+						"$ans" | */"$ans"/* | \
+						"$ans"/* | */"$ans" )
+							val="$2"
+							break # exact match
+						;;
+					esac
+					if [ -n "$val" ]; then
+						echo;echo \
+		"  Sorry, \"$ans\" is ambiguous; please enter a longer string."
+						echo
+						val=""
+						ambg=y
+						break
+					else
+						val="$2"
+					fi;;
+			esac
+			shift; shift
+		done
+		if [ "$val" = "" -a "$ambg" = "n" ]; then
+			help "$firstvar"
+		fi
+	done
+	set -- $choices
+	while [ -n "$2" ]; do
+		if [ "$2" = "$val" ]; then
+			echo "  defined $val"
+			define_bool "$2" "y"
+		else
+			define_bool "$2" "n"
+		fi
+		shift; shift
+	done
+}
+
+CONFIG=.tmpconfig
+CONFIG_H=.tmpconfig.h
+trap "rm -f $CONFIG $CONFIG_H ; exit 1" 1 2
+
+#
+# Make sure we start out with a clean slate.
+#
+echo "#" > $CONFIG
+echo "# Automatically generated make config: don't edit" >> $CONFIG
+echo "#" >> $CONFIG
+
+echo "/*" > $CONFIG_H
+echo " * Automatically generated C config: don't edit" >> $CONFIG_H
+echo " */" >> $CONFIG_H
+echo "#define AUTOCONF_INCLUDED" >> $CONFIG_H
+
+DEFAULT=""
+if [ "$1" = "-d" ] ; then
+	DEFAULT="-d"
+	shift
+fi
+
+CONFIG_IN=./config.in
+if [ "$1" != "" ] ; then
+	CONFIG_IN=$1
+fi
+
+DEFAULTS=arch/$ARCH/defconfig
+if [ -f .config ]; then
+  DEFAULTS=.config
+fi
+
+if [ -f $DEFAULTS ]; then
+  echo "#"
+  echo "# Using defaults found in" $DEFAULTS
+  echo "#"
+  . $DEFAULTS
+  sed -e 's/# \(CONFIG_[^ ]*\) is not.*/\1=n/' <$DEFAULTS >.config-is-not.$$
+  . .config-is-not.$$
+  rm .config-is-not.$$
+else
+  echo "#"
+  echo "# No defaults found"
+  echo "#"
+fi
+
+. $CONFIG_IN
+
+rm -f .config.old
+if [ -f .config ]; then
+	mv .config .config.old
+fi
+mv .tmpconfig .config
+mv .tmpconfig.h include/linux/autoconf.h
+
+echo
+echo "*** End of Linux kernel configuration."
+echo "*** Check the top-level Makefile for additional configuration."
+if [ ! -f .hdepend -o "$CONFIG_MODVERSIONS" = "y" ] ; then
+    echo "*** Next, you must run 'make dep'."
+else
+    echo "*** Next, you may run 'make bzImage', 'make bzdisk', or 'make install'."
+fi
+echo
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/scripts/MAKEDEV.ide b/scripts/MAKEDEV.ide
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..feecb99bb865
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/MAKEDEV.ide
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# This script creates the proper /dev/ entries for IDE devices
+# on the primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary interfaces.
+# See ../Documentation/ide.txt for more information.
+#
+makedev () {
+	rm -f /dev/$1
+	echo mknod /dev/$1 $2 $3 $4
+	     mknod /dev/$1 $2 $3 $4
+	chown root:disk /dev/$1
+	chmod 660 /dev/$1
+}
+
+makedevs () {
+	rm -f /dev/$1*
+	makedev $1 b $2 $3
+	for part in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
+	do
+		makedev $1$part b $2 `expr $3 + $part`
+	done
+}
+
+makedevs hda  3 0
+makedevs hdb  3 64
+makedevs hdc 22 0
+makedevs hdd 22 64
+makedevs hde 33 0
+makedevs hdf 33 64
+makedevs hdg 34 0
+makedevs hdh 34 64
+makedevs hdi 56 0
+makedevs hdj 56 64
+makedevs hdk 57 0
+makedevs hdl 57 64
+makedevs hdm 88 0
+makedevs hdn 88 64
+makedevs hdo 89 0
+makedevs hdp 89 64
+makedevs hdq 90 0
+makedevs hdr 90 64
+makedevs hds 91 0
+makedevs hdt 91 64
+
+for tape in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
+do
+	makedev ht$tape c 37 $tape
+	makedev nht$tape c 37 `expr $tape + 128`
+done
diff --git a/scripts/Makefile b/scripts/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d6d231d73fa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+HEADER=header.tk
+TAIL=tail.tk
+
+# Previous versions always remade kconfig.tk because they always depended
+# on soundscript.  This runs fairly fast, and I can't find all the
+# Config.in files to depend on anyways.  So I'll force it to remake.
+
+kconfig.tk: dummy
+
+kconfig.tk: ${TOPDIR}/Makefile ${TOPDIR}/arch/${ARCH}/config.in \
+		tkparse ${HEADER} ${TAIL}
+	@if [ -f /usr/local/bin/wish ];	then \
+		echo '#!'"/usr/local/bin/wish -f" > kconfig.tk; \
+	else \
+		echo '#!'"/usr/bin/wish -f" > kconfig.tk; \
+	fi
+	cat ${HEADER} >> ./kconfig.tk
+	./tkparse < ../arch/${ARCH}/config.in >> kconfig.tk
+	echo "set defaults \"arch/${ARCH}/defconfig\"" >> kconfig.tk
+	echo "set ARCH \"${ARCH}\"" >> kconfig.tk
+	cat ${TAIL} >> kconfig.tk
+	chmod 755 kconfig.tk
+
+tkparse: tkparse.o tkcond.o tkgen.o
+	${HOSTCC} -o tkparse tkparse.o tkcond.o tkgen.o
+
+tkparse.o: tkparse.c tkparse.h
+
+tkcond.o: tkcond.c tkparse.h
+
+tkgen.o: tkgen.c tkparse.h
+
+tkparse.o tkcond.o tkgen.o:
+	$(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(@:.o=.c)
+
+docproc.o: docproc.c
+	$(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(@:.o=.c)
+
+docproc: docproc.o
+	${HOSTCC} -o docproc docproc.o
+
+clean:
+	rm -f *~ kconfig.tk *.o tkparse mkdep split-include docproc
+
+include $(TOPDIR)/Rules.make
diff --git a/scripts/Menuconfig b/scripts/Menuconfig
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5a76152e734c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/Menuconfig
@@ -0,0 +1,1469 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+#
+# This script is used to configure the linux kernel.
+#
+# It was inspired by a desire to not have to hit <enter> 9 million times
+# or startup the X server just to change a single kernel parameter.  
+#
+# This script attempts to parse the configuration files, which are
+# scattered throughout the kernel source tree, and creates a temporary
+# set of mini scripts which are in turn used to create nested menus and
+# radiolists.
+#
+# It uses a very modified/mutilated version of the "dialog" utility
+# written by Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk). Savio is not responsible
+# for this script or the version of dialog used by this script.
+# Please do not contact him with questions. The official version of 
+# dialog is available at sunsite.unc.edu or a sunsite mirror.
+#
+# Portions of this script were borrowed from the original Configure
+# script.
+#
+# William Roadcap was the original author of Menuconfig.
+# Michael Elizabeth Chastain (mec@shout.net) is the current maintainer.
+#
+# 070497 Bernhard Kaindl (bkaindl@netway.at) - get default values for
+# new bool, tristate and dep_tristate parameters from the defconfig file.
+# new configuration parameters are marked with '(NEW)' as in make config.
+#
+# 180697 Bernhard Kaindl (bkaindl@netway.at) - added the needed support
+# for string options. They are handled like the int and hex options.
+#
+# 081297 Pavel Machek (pavel@atrey.karlin.mff.cuni.cz) - better error 
+# handling
+#
+# 131197 Michael Chastain (mec@shout.net) - output all lines for a
+# choice list, not just the selected one.  This makes the output
+# the same as Configure output, which is important for smart config
+# dependencies.
+#
+# 101297 Michael Chastain (mec@shout.net) - remove sound driver cruft.
+#
+# 221297 Michael Chastain (mec@shout.net) - make define_bool actually
+# define its arguments so that later tests on them work right.
+#
+# 160198 Michael Chastain (mec@shout.net) - fix bug with 'c' command
+# (complement existing value) when used on virgin uninitialized variables.
+#
+# 090398 Axel Boldt (boldt@math.ucsb.edu) - allow for empty lines in help
+# texts.
+#
+# 12 Dec 1998, Michael Elizabeth Chastain (mec@shout.net)
+# Remove a /tmp security hole in get_def (also makes it faster).
+# Give uninitialized variables canonical values rather than null value.
+# Change a lot of places to call set_x_info uniformly.
+# Take out message about preparing version (old sound driver cruft).
+#
+# 13 Dec 1998, Riley H Williams <rhw@memalpha.cx>
+# When an error occurs, actually display the error message as well as
+# our comments thereon.
+#
+# 31 Dec 1998, Michael Elizabeth Chastain (mec@shout.net)
+# Fix mod_bool to honor $CONFIG_MODULES.
+# Fix dep_tristate to call define_bool when dependency is "n".
+#
+# 02 January 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain (mec@shout.net)
+# Blow away lxdialog.scrltmp on entry to activate_menu.  This protects
+# against people who use commands like ' ' to select menus.
+#
+# 24 January 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain, <mec@shout.net>
+# - Improve the exit message (Jeff Ronne).
+#
+# 06 July 1999, Andrzej M. Krzysztofowicz, <ankry@mif.pg.gda.pl>
+# - Support for multiple conditions in dep_tristate().
+# - Implemented new functions: define_tristate(), define_int(), define_hex(),
+#   define_string(), dep_bool().
+# 
+
+
+#
+# Change this to TRUE if you prefer all kernel options listed
+# in a single menu rather than the standard menu hierarchy.
+#
+single_menu_mode=
+
+#
+# Make sure we're really running bash.
+#
+[ -z "$BASH" ] && { echo "Menuconfig requires bash" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+
+#
+# Cache function definitions, turn off posix compliance
+#
+set -h +o posix
+
+
+
+# Given a configuration variable, set the global variable $x to its value,
+# and the global variable $info to the string " (NEW)" if this is a new
+# variable.
+#
+# This function looks for: (1) the current value, or (2) the default value
+# from the arch-dependent defconfig file, or (3) a default passed by the caller.
+
+function set_x_info () {
+    eval x=\$$1
+    if [ -z "$x" ]; then
+	eval `sed -n -e 's/# \(.*\) is not set.*/\1=n/' -e "/^$1=/p" arch/$ARCH/defconfig`
+	eval x=\${$1:-"$2"}
+	eval $1=$x
+	eval INFO_$1="' (NEW)'"
+    fi
+    eval info="\$INFO_$1"
+}
+
+#
+# Load the functions used by the config.in files.
+#
+# I do this because these functions must be redefined depending
+# on whether they are being called for interactive use or for
+# saving a configuration to a file.
+#
+# Thank the heavens bash supports nesting function definitions.
+#
+load_functions () {
+
+#
+# Additional comments
+#
+function comment () {
+	comment_ctr=$[ comment_ctr + 1 ]
+	echo -ne "': $comment_ctr' '--- $1' " >>MCmenu
+}
+
+#
+# Define a boolean to a specific value.
+#
+function define_bool () {
+	eval $1=$2
+}
+
+function define_tristate () {
+	eval $1=$2
+}
+
+function define_hex () {
+	eval $1=$2
+}
+
+function define_int () {
+	eval $1=$2
+}
+
+function define_string () {
+	eval $1="$2"
+}
+
+#
+# Create a boolean (Yes/No) function for our current menu
+# which calls our local bool function.
+#
+function bool () {
+	set_x_info "$2" "n"
+
+	case $x in
+	y|m)	flag="*" ;;
+	n)	flag=" " ;;
+	esac
+
+	echo -ne "'$2' '[$flag] $1$info' " >>MCmenu
+
+	echo -e "function $2 () { l_bool '$2' \"\$1\" ;}\n" >>MCradiolists
+}
+
+#
+# Create a tristate (Yes/No/Module) radiolist function
+# which calls our local tristate function.
+#
+# Collapses to a boolean (Yes/No) if module support is disabled.
+#
+function tristate () {
+	if [ "$CONFIG_MODULES" != "y" ]
+	then
+		bool "$1" "$2"
+	else
+		set_x_info "$2" "n"
+	
+		case $x in
+		y) flag="*" ;;
+		m) flag="M" ;;
+		*) flag=" " ;;
+		esac
+	
+		echo -ne "'$2' '<$flag> $1$info' " >>MCmenu
+	
+		echo -e "
+		function $2 () { l_tristate '$2' \"\$1\" ;}" >>MCradiolists
+	fi
+}
+
+#
+# Create a tristate radiolist function which is dependent on
+# another kernel configuration option.
+#
+# Quote from the original configure script:
+#
+#       If the option we depend upon is a module,
+#       then the only allowable options are M or N.  If Y, then
+#       this is a normal tristate.  This is used in cases where modules
+#       are nested, and one module requires the presence of something
+#       else in the kernel.
+#
+function dep_tristate () {
+	ques="$1"
+	var="$2"
+	dep=y
+	shift 2
+	while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
+		if   [ "$1" = y ]; then
+			shift
+		elif [ "$1" = m ]; then
+			dep=m
+			shift
+		else
+			dep=n
+			shift $#
+		fi
+	done
+	if [ "$dep" = y ]; then
+	    tristate "$ques" "$var"
+	elif [ "$dep" = m ]; then
+	    mod_bool "$ques" "$var"
+	else 
+	    define_tristate "$var" n
+	fi
+}
+
+#
+#   Same as above, but now only Y and N are allowed as dependency
+#   (i.e. third and next arguments).
+#
+function dep_bool () {
+	ques="$1"
+	var="$2"
+	dep=y
+	shift 2
+	while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
+		if [ "$1" = y ]; then
+			shift
+		else
+			dep=n
+			shift $#
+		fi
+	done
+	if [ "$dep" = y ]; then
+	    bool "$ques" "$var"
+	else 
+	    define_bool "$var" n
+	fi
+}
+
+function dep_mbool () {
+	ques="$1"
+	var="$2"
+	dep=y
+	shift 2
+	while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
+		if [ "$1" = y -o "$1" = m ]; then
+			shift
+		else
+			dep=n
+			shift $#
+		fi
+	done
+	if [ "$dep" = y ]; then
+	    bool "$ques" "$var"
+	else 
+	    define_bool "$var" n
+	fi
+}
+
+#
+# Add a menu item which will call our local int function.
+# 
+function int () {
+	set_x_info "$2" "$3"
+
+	echo -ne "'$2' '($x) $1$info' " >>MCmenu
+
+	echo -e "function $2 () { l_int '$1' '$2' '$3' '$x' ;}" >>MCradiolists
+}
+
+#
+# Add a menu item which will call our local hex function.
+# 
+function hex () {
+	set_x_info "$2" "$3"
+	x=${x##*[x,X]}
+
+	echo -ne "'$2' '($x) $1$info' " >>MCmenu
+
+	echo -e "function $2 () { l_hex '$1' '$2' '$3' '$x' ;}" >>MCradiolists
+}
+
+#
+# Add a menu item which will call our local string function.
+# 
+function string () {
+	set_x_info "$2" "$3"
+
+	echo -ne "'$2' '     $1: \"$x\"$info' " >>MCmenu
+
+	echo -e "function $2 () { l_string '$1' '$2' '$3' '$x' ;}" >>MCradiolists
+}
+
+#
+# Add a menu item which will call our local One-of-Many choice list.
+#
+function choice () {
+	#
+	# Need to remember params cause they're gonna get reset.
+	#
+	title=$1
+	choices=$2
+	default=$3
+	current=
+
+	#
+	# Find out if one of the choices is already set.
+	# If it's not then make it the default.
+	#
+	set -- $choices
+	firstchoice=$2
+
+	while [ -n "$2" ]
+	do
+		if eval [ "_\$$2" = "_y" ]
+		then
+			current=$1
+			break
+		fi
+		shift ; shift
+	done
+
+	: ${current:=$default}
+
+	echo -ne "'$firstchoice' '($current) $title' " >>MCmenu
+
+	echo -e "
+	function $firstchoice () \
+		{ l_choice '$title' \"$choices\" $current ;}" >>MCradiolists
+}
+
+} # END load_functions()
+
+
+
+
+
+#
+# Extract available help for an option from Configure.help
+# and send it to standard output.
+#
+# Most of this function was borrowed from the original kernel
+# Configure script.
+#
+function extract_help () {
+  if [ -f Documentation/Configure.help ]
+  then
+     #first escape regexp special characters in the argument:
+     var=$(echo "$1"|sed 's/[][\/.^$*]/\\&/g')
+     #now pick out the right help text:
+     text=$(sed -n "/^$var[ 	]*\$/,\${
+                        /^$var[ 	]*\$/c\\
+${var}:\\
+
+                        /^#/b
+                        /^[^ 	]/q
+                        s/^  //
+                        p
+                    }" Documentation/Configure.help)
+
+     if [ -z "$text" ]
+     then
+          echo "There is no help available for this kernel option."
+	  return 1
+     else
+	  echo "$text"
+     fi
+  else
+	 echo "There is no help available for this kernel option."
+         return 1
+  fi
+}
+
+#
+# Activate a help dialog.
+#
+function help () {
+	if extract_help $1 >help.out
+	then
+		$DIALOG	--backtitle "$backtitle" --title "$2"\
+			--textbox help.out $ROWS $COLS
+	else
+		$DIALOG	--backtitle "$backtitle" \
+			--textbox help.out $ROWS $COLS
+	fi
+	rm -f help.out
+}
+
+#
+# Show the README file.
+#
+function show_readme () {
+	$DIALOG --backtitle "$backtitle" \
+		--textbox scripts/README.Menuconfig $ROWS $COLS
+}
+
+#
+# Begin building the dialog menu command and Initialize the 
+# Radiolist function file.
+#
+function menu_name () {
+	echo -ne "$DIALOG --title '$1'\
+			--backtitle '$backtitle' \
+			--menu '$menu_instructions' \
+			$ROWS $COLS $((ROWS-10)) \
+			'$default' " >MCmenu
+	>MCradiolists
+}
+
+#
+# Add a submenu option to the menu currently under construction.
+#
+function submenu () {
+	echo -ne "'activate_menu $2' '$1  --->' " >>MCmenu
+}
+
+#
+# Handle a boolean (Yes/No) option.
+#
+function l_bool () {
+	if [ -n "$2" ]
+	then
+		case "$2" in
+		y|m)	eval $1=y ;;
+		c)	eval x=\$$1
+		   	case $x in
+		   	y) eval $1=n ;;
+		   	n) eval $1=y ;;
+			*) eval $1=y ;;
+		   	esac ;;
+		*)	eval $1=n ;;
+		esac
+	else
+		echo -ne "\007"
+	fi
+}
+
+#
+# Same as bool() except options are (Module/No)
+#
+function mod_bool () {
+	if [ "$CONFIG_MODULES" != "y" ]; then
+	    define_bool "$2" "n"
+	else
+	    set_x_info "$2" "n"
+ 
+	    case $x in
+	    y|m) flag='M' ;;
+	    *)   flag=' ' ;;
+	    esac
+ 
+	    echo -ne "'$2' '<$flag> $1$info' " >>MCmenu
+ 
+	    echo -e "function $2 () { l_mod_bool '$2' \"\$1\" ;}" >>MCradiolists
+	fi
+}
+
+#
+# Same as l_bool() except options are (Module/No)
+#
+function l_mod_bool() {
+	if [ -n "$2" ]
+	then
+		case "$2" in
+		y)	echo -en "\007"
+			${DIALOG} --backtitle "$backtitle" \
+				  --infobox "\
+This feature depends on another which has been configured as a module.  \
+As a result, this feature will be built as a module." 4 70
+			sleep 5
+			eval $1=m ;;
+		m)	eval $1=m ;;
+		c)	eval x=\$$1
+			case $x in
+			m) eval $1=n ;;
+			n) eval $1=m ;;
+			*) eval $1=m ;;
+			esac ;;
+		*)	eval $1=n ;;
+		esac
+	else
+		echo -ne "\007"
+	fi
+}
+
+#
+# Handle a tristate (Yes/No/Module) option.
+#
+function l_tristate () {
+	if [ -n "$2" ]
+	then
+		eval x=\$$1
+
+		case "$2" in
+		y) eval $1=y ;;
+		m) eval $1=m ;;
+		c) eval x=\$$1
+		   case $x in
+		   y) eval $1=n ;;
+		   n) eval $1=m ;;
+		   m) eval $1=y ;;
+		   *) eval $1=y ;;
+		   esac ;;
+		*) eval $1=n ;;
+		esac
+	else
+		echo -ne "\007"
+	fi
+}
+
+#
+# Create a dialog for entering an integer into a kernel option.
+#
+function l_int () {
+	while true
+	do
+		if $DIALOG --title "$1" \
+			--backtitle "$backtitle" \
+			--inputbox "$inputbox_instructions_int" \
+			10 75 "$4" 2>MCdialog.out
+		then
+			answer="`cat MCdialog.out`"
+			answer="${answer:-$3}"
+
+			# Semantics of + and ? in GNU expr changed, so
+			# we avoid them:
+			if expr "$answer" : '0$' '|' "$answer" : '[1-9][0-9]*$' '|' "$answer" : '-[1-9][0-9]*$' >/dev/null
+			then
+				eval $2="$answer"
+			else
+				eval $2="$3"
+				echo -en "\007"
+				${DIALOG} --backtitle "$backtitle" \
+					--infobox "You have made an invalid entry." 3 43
+				sleep 2
+			fi
+
+			break
+		fi
+
+		help "$2" "$1"
+	done
+}
+
+#
+# Create a dialog for entering a hexadecimal into a kernel option.
+#
+function l_hex () {
+	while true
+	do
+		if $DIALOG --title "$1" \
+			--backtitle "$backtitle" \
+			--inputbox "$inputbox_instructions_hex" \
+			10 75 "$4" 2>MCdialog.out
+		then
+			answer="`cat MCdialog.out`"
+			answer="${answer:-$3}"
+			answer="${answer##*[x,X]}"
+
+			if expr "$answer" : '[0-9a-fA-F][0-9a-fA-F]*$' >/dev/null
+			then
+				eval $2="$answer"
+			else
+				eval $2="$3"
+				echo -en "\007"
+				${DIALOG} --backtitle "$backtitle" \
+					--infobox "You have made an invalid entry." 3 43
+				sleep 2
+			fi
+
+			break
+		fi
+
+		help "$2" "$1"
+	done
+}
+
+#
+# Create a dialog for entering a string into a kernel option.
+#
+function l_string () {
+	while true
+	do
+		if $DIALOG --title "$1" \
+			--backtitle "$backtitle" \
+			--inputbox "$inputbox_instructions_string" \
+			10 75 "$4" 2>MCdialog.out
+		then
+			answer="`cat MCdialog.out`"
+			answer="${answer:-$3}"
+
+			#
+			# Someone may add a nice check for the entered
+			# string here...
+			#
+			eval $2=\"$answer\"
+
+			break
+		fi
+
+		help "$2" "$1"
+	done
+}
+
+
+#
+# Handle a one-of-many choice list.
+#
+function l_choice () {
+	#
+	# Need to remember params cause they're gonna get reset.
+	#
+	title="$1"
+	choices="$2"
+	current="$3"
+        chosen=
+
+	#
+	# Scan current value of choices and set radiolist switches.
+	#
+	list=
+	set -- $choices
+	firstchoice=$2
+	while [ -n "$2" ]
+	do
+		case "$1" in
+		"$current"*)	if [ -z "$chosen" ]; then
+					list="$list $2 $1 ON "
+					chosen=1
+				else
+					list="$list $2 $1 OFF "
+				fi  ;;
+		*)		list="$list $2 $1 OFF " ;;
+		esac
+			
+		shift ; shift
+	done
+
+	while true
+	do
+		if $DIALOG --title "$title" \
+			--backtitle "$backtitle" \
+			--radiolist "$radiolist_instructions" \
+			15 70 6 $list 2>MCdialog.out
+		then
+			choice=`cat MCdialog.out`
+			break
+		fi
+
+		help "$firstchoice" "$title"
+	done
+
+	#
+	# Now set the boolean value of each option based on
+	# the selection made from the radiolist.
+	#
+	set -- $choices
+	while [ -n "$2" ]
+	do
+		if [ "$2" = "$choice" ]
+		then
+			eval $2="y"
+		else
+			eval $2="n"
+		fi
+		
+		shift ; shift
+	done
+}
+
+#
+# Call awk, and watch for error codes, etc.
+#
+function callawk () {
+awk "$1" || echo "Awk died with error code $?. Giving up." || exit 1
+}
+
+#
+# A faster awk based recursive parser. (I hope)
+#
+function parser1 () {
+callawk '
+BEGIN {
+	menu_no = 0
+	comment_is_option = 0
+	parser("'$CONFIG_IN'","MCmenu0")
+}
+
+function parser(ifile,menu) {
+
+	while (getline <ifile) {
+		if ($1 == "mainmenu_option") {
+			comment_is_option = "1"
+		}
+		else if ($1 == "comment" && comment_is_option == "1") {
+			comment_is_option= "0"
+			sub($1,"",$0)
+			++menu_no
+
+			printf("submenu %s MCmenu%s\n", $0, menu_no) >>menu
+
+			newmenu = sprintf("MCmenu%d", menu_no);
+			printf( "function MCmenu%s () {\n"\
+				"default=$1\n"\
+				"menu_name %s\n",\
+				 menu_no, $0) >newmenu
+
+			parser(ifile, newmenu)
+		}
+		else if ($0 ~ /^#|\$MAKE|mainmenu_name/) {
+			printf("") >>menu
+		}
+		else if ($1 ~ "endmenu") {
+			printf("}\n") >>menu
+			return
+		} 
+		else if ($1 == "source") {
+			parser($2,menu)
+		}
+		else {
+			print >>menu
+		}
+	}
+}'
+}
+
+#
+# Secondary parser for single menu mode.
+#
+function parser2 () {
+callawk '
+BEGIN {
+	parser("'$CONFIG_IN'","MCmenu0")
+}
+
+function parser(ifile,menu) {
+
+	while (getline <ifile) {
+		if ($0 ~ /^#|$MAKE|mainmenu_name/) {
+			printf("") >>menu
+		}
+		else if ($1 ~ /mainmenu_option|endmenu/) {
+			printf("") >>menu
+		} 
+		else if ($1 == "source") {
+			parser($2,menu)
+		}
+		else {
+			print >>menu
+		}
+	}
+}'
+}
+
+#
+# Parse all the config.in files into mini scripts.
+#
+function parse_config_files () {
+	rm -f MCmenu*
+
+	echo "function MCmenu0 () {" >MCmenu0
+	echo 'default=$1' >>MCmenu0
+	echo "menu_name 'Main Menu'" >>MCmenu0
+
+	if [ "_$single_menu_mode" = "_TRUE" ]
+	then
+		parser2
+	else
+		parser1
+	fi
+
+	echo "comment ''"	>>MCmenu0
+	echo "g_alt_config" 	>>MCmenu0
+	echo "s_alt_config" 	>>MCmenu0
+
+	echo "}" >>MCmenu0
+
+	#
+	# These mini scripts must be sourced into the current
+	# environment in order for all of this to work.  Leaving
+	# them on the disk as executables screws up the recursion
+	# in activate_menu(), among other things.  Once they are
+	# sourced we can discard them.
+	#
+	for i in MCmenu*
+	do
+		echo -n "."
+		source ./$i
+	done
+	rm -f MCmenu*
+}
+
+#
+# This is the menu tree's bootstrap.
+#
+# Executes the parsed menus on demand and creates a set of functions,
+# one per configuration option.  These functions will in turn execute
+# dialog commands or recursively call other menus.
+#
+function activate_menu () {
+	rm -f lxdialog.scrltmp
+	while true
+	do
+		comment_ctr=0		#So comment lines get unique tags
+
+		$1 "$default" 2> MCerror #Create the lxdialog menu & functions
+
+		if [ "$?" != "0" ]
+		then
+			clear
+			cat <<EOM
+
+Menuconfig has encountered a possible error in one of the kernel's
+configuration files and is unable to continue.  Here is the error
+report:
+
+EOM
+			sed 's/^/ Q> /' MCerror
+			cat <<EOM
+
+Please report this to the maintainer <mec@shout.net>.  You may also
+send a problem report to <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>.
+
+Please indicate the kernel version you are trying to configure and
+which menu you were trying to enter when this error occurred.
+
+EOM
+			cleanup
+			exit 1
+		fi
+		rm -f MCerror
+
+		. ./MCradiolists		#Source the menu's functions
+
+		. ./MCmenu 2>MCdialog.out	#Activate the lxdialog menu
+		ret=$?
+
+		read selection <MCdialog.out
+
+		case "$ret" in
+		0|3|4|5|6)
+			defaults="$selection$defaults"  #pseudo stack
+			case "$ret" in
+			0) eval $selection   ;;
+			3) eval $selection y ;;
+			4) eval $selection n ;;
+			5) eval $selection m ;;
+			6) eval $selection c ;;
+			esac
+			default="${defaults%%*}" defaults="${defaults#*}"
+			;;
+		2)	
+			default="${selection%%\ *}"
+
+			case "$selection" in
+			*"-->"*|*"alt_config"*)
+				show_readme ;;
+			*)
+				eval help $selection ;;
+			esac
+			;;
+		255|1)
+			break
+			;;
+		139)
+			stty sane
+			clear
+			cat <<EOM
+
+There seems to be a problem with the lxdialog companion utility which is
+built prior to running Menuconfig.  Usually this is an indicator that you
+have upgraded/downgraded your ncurses libraries and did not remove the 
+old ncurses header file(s) in /usr/include or /usr/include/ncurses.
+
+It is VERY important that you have only one set of ncurses header files
+and that those files are properly version matched to the ncurses libraries 
+installed on your machine.
+
+You may also need to rebuild lxdialog.  This can be done by moving to
+the /usr/src/linux/scripts/lxdialog directory and issuing the 
+"make clean all" command.
+
+If you have verified that your ncurses install is correct, you may email
+the maintainer <mec@shout.net> or post a message to
+<linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> for additional assistance. 
+
+EOM
+			cleanup
+			exit 139
+			;;
+		esac
+	done
+}
+
+#
+# Create a menu item to load an alternate configuration file.
+#
+g_alt_config () {
+	echo -n "get_alt_config 'Load an Alternate Configuration File' "\
+		>>MCmenu
+}
+
+#
+# Get alternate config file name and load the 
+# configuration from it.
+#
+get_alt_config () {
+	set -f ## Switch file expansion OFF
+
+	while true
+	do
+		ALT_CONFIG="${ALT_CONFIG:-$DEFAULTS}"
+
+		$DIALOG --backtitle "$backtitle" \
+			--inputbox "\
+Enter the name of the configuration file you wish to load.  \
+Accept the name shown to restore the configuration you \
+last retrieved.  Leave blank to abort."\
+			11 55 "$ALT_CONFIG" 2>MCdialog.out
+
+		if [ "$?" = "0" ]
+		then
+			ALT_CONFIG=`cat MCdialog.out`
+
+			[ "_" = "_$ALT_CONFIG" ] && break
+
+			if eval [ -r "$ALT_CONFIG" ]
+			then
+				eval load_config_file "$ALT_CONFIG"
+				break
+			else
+				echo -ne "\007"
+				$DIALOG	--backtitle "$backtitle" \
+					--infobox "File does not exist!"  3 38
+				sleep 2
+			fi
+		else
+			cat <<EOM >help.out
+
+For various reasons, one may wish to keep several different kernel
+configurations available on a single machine.  
+
+If you have saved a previous configuration in a file other than the
+kernel's default, entering the name of the file here will allow you
+to modify that configuration.
+
+If you are uncertain, then you have probably never used alternate 
+configuration files.  You should therefor leave this blank to abort.
+
+EOM
+			$DIALOG	--backtitle "$backtitle"\
+				--title "Load Alternate Configuration"\
+				--textbox help.out $ROWS $COLS
+		fi
+	done
+
+	set +f ## Switch file expansion ON
+	rm -f help.out MCdialog.out
+}
+
+#
+# Create a menu item to store an alternate config file.
+#
+s_alt_config () {
+	echo -n "save_alt_config 'Save Configuration to an Alternate File' "\
+		 >>MCmenu
+}
+
+#
+# Get an alternate config file name and save the current
+# configuration to it.
+#
+save_alt_config () {
+	set -f  ## Switch file expansion OFF
+			
+	while true
+	do
+		$DIALOG --backtitle "$backtitle" \
+			--inputbox "\
+Enter a filename to which this configuration should be saved \
+as an alternate.  Leave blank to abort."\
+			10 55 "$ALT_CONFIG" 2>MCdialog.out
+
+		if [ "$?" = "0" ]
+		then
+			ALT_CONFIG=`cat MCdialog.out`
+
+			[ "_" = "_$ALT_CONFIG" ] && break
+
+			if eval touch $ALT_CONFIG 2>/dev/null
+			then
+				eval save_configuration $ALT_CONFIG
+				load_functions  ## RELOAD
+				break
+			else
+				echo -ne "\007"
+				$DIALOG	--backtitle "$backtitle" \
+					--infobox "Can't create file!  Probably a nonexistent directory." 3 60
+				sleep 2
+			fi
+		else
+			cat <<EOM >help.out
+
+For various reasons, one may wish to keep different kernel
+configurations available on a single machine.  
+
+Entering a file name here will allow you to later retrieve, modify
+and use the current configuration as an alternate to whatever 
+configuration options you have selected at that time.
+
+If you are uncertain what all this means then you should probably
+leave this blank.
+EOM
+			$DIALOG	--backtitle "$backtitle"\
+				--title "Save Alternate Configuration"\
+				--textbox help.out $ROWS $COLS
+		fi
+	done
+
+	set +f  ## Switch file expansion ON
+	rm -f help.out MCdialog.out
+}
+
+#
+# Load config options from a file.
+# Converts all "# OPTION is not set" lines to "OPTION=n" lines
+#
+function load_config_file () {
+	awk '
+	  /# .* is not set.*/ { printf("%s=n\n", $2) }
+	! /# .* is not set.*/ { print }
+	' $1 >.tmpconfig
+
+	source ./.tmpconfig
+	rm -f .tmpconfig
+}
+
+#
+# Just what it says.
+#
+save_configuration () {
+        echo
+	echo -n "Saving your kernel configuration."
+
+	#
+	# Now, let's redefine the configuration functions for final
+	# output to the config files.
+	#
+	# Nested function definitions, YIPEE!
+	#
+	function bool () {
+		set_x_info "$2" "n"
+		eval define_bool "$2" "$x"
+	}
+
+	function tristate () {
+		set_x_info "$2" "n"
+		eval define_tristate "$2" "$x"
+	}
+
+	function dep_tristate () {
+		set_x_info "$2" "n"
+		var="$2"
+		shift 2
+		while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
+			if   [ "$1" = y ]; then
+				shift
+			elif [ "$1" = m -a "$x" != n ]; then
+				x=m; shift
+			else 
+				x=n; shift $#
+			fi
+		done
+		define_tristate "$var" "$x"
+	}
+
+	function dep_bool () {
+		set_x_info "$2" "n"
+		var="$2"
+		shift 2
+		while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
+			if   [ "$1" = y ]; then
+				shift
+			else 
+				x=n; shift $#
+			fi
+		done
+		define_bool "$var" "$x"
+	}
+
+	function dep_mbool () {
+		set_x_info "$2" "n"
+		var="$2"
+		shift 2
+		while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
+			if   [ "$1" = y -o "$1" = m ]; then
+				shift
+			else 
+				x=n; shift $#
+			fi
+		done
+		define_bool "$var" "$x"
+	}
+
+	function int () {
+		set_x_info "$2" "$3"
+		echo "$2=$x" 		>>$CONFIG
+		echo "#define $2 ($x)"	>>$CONFIG_H
+	}
+
+	function hex () {
+		set_x_info "$2" "$3"
+		echo "$2=$x" 			 >>$CONFIG
+		echo "#define $2 0x${x##*[x,X]}" >>$CONFIG_H
+	}
+
+	function string () {
+		set_x_info "$2" "$3"
+		echo "$2=\"$x\"" 			 >>$CONFIG
+		echo "#define $2 \"$x\""	>>$CONFIG_H
+	}
+
+	function define_hex () {
+		eval $1="$2"
+               	echo "$1=$2"			>>$CONFIG
+		echo "#define $1 0x${2##*[x,X]}"	>>$CONFIG_H
+	}
+
+	function define_int () {
+		eval $1="$2"
+		echo "$1=$2" 			>>$CONFIG
+		echo "#define $1 ($2)"		>>$CONFIG_H
+	}
+
+	function define_string () {
+		eval $1="$2"
+		echo "$1=\"$2\""		>>$CONFIG
+		echo "#define $1 \"$2\""	>>$CONFIG_H
+	}
+
+	function define_bool () {
+		define_tristate "$1" "$2"
+	}
+
+	function define_tristate () {
+		eval $1="$2"
+
+   		case "$2" in
+         	y)
+                	echo "$1=y" 		>>$CONFIG
+                	echo "#define $1 1"	>>$CONFIG_H
+                	;;
+
+         	m)
+			if [ "$CONFIG_MODULES" = "y" ]
+			then
+                		echo "$1=m"		   >>$CONFIG
+                		echo "#undef  $1"	   >>$CONFIG_H
+                		echo "#define $1_MODULE 1" >>$CONFIG_H
+			else
+                		echo "$1=y" 		>>$CONFIG
+                		echo "#define $1 1"	>>$CONFIG_H
+			fi
+                	;;
+
+         	n)
+			echo "# $1 is not set"	>>$CONFIG
+                	echo "#undef  $1"	>>$CONFIG_H
+                	;;
+        	esac
+	}
+
+	function choice () {
+		#
+		# Find the first choice that's already set to 'y'
+		#
+		choices="$2"
+		default="$3"
+		current=
+		chosen=
+
+		set -- $choices
+		while [ -n "$2" ]
+		do
+			if eval [ "_\$$2" = "_y" ]
+			then
+				current=$1
+				break
+			fi
+			shift ; shift
+		done
+
+		#
+		# Use the default if none were set.  
+		#
+		: ${current:=$default}
+
+		#
+		# Output all choices (to be compatible with other configs).
+		#
+		set -- $choices
+		while [ -n "$2" ]
+		do
+			case "$1" in
+			"$current"*)	if [ -z "$chosen" ]; then
+						define_bool "$2" "y"
+						chosen=1
+					else
+						define_bool "$2" "n"
+					fi ;;
+			*)		define_bool "$2" "n" ;;
+			esac
+			shift ; shift
+		done
+	}
+
+	function mainmenu_name () {
+		:
+	}
+
+	function mainmenu_option () {
+		comment_is_option=TRUE
+	}
+
+	function endmenu () {
+		:
+	}
+
+	function comment () {
+		if [ "$comment_is_option" ]
+		then
+			comment_is_option=
+			echo        >>$CONFIG
+			echo "#"    >>$CONFIG
+			echo "# $1" >>$CONFIG
+			echo "#"    >>$CONFIG
+
+			echo         >>$CONFIG_H
+			echo "/*"    >>$CONFIG_H
+			echo " * $1" >>$CONFIG_H
+			echo " */"   >>$CONFIG_H
+		fi
+	}
+
+	echo -n "."
+
+	DEF_CONFIG="${1:-.config}"
+	DEF_CONFIG_H="include/linux/autoconf.h"
+
+	CONFIG=.tmpconfig
+	CONFIG_H=.tmpconfig.h
+
+	echo "#" >$CONFIG
+	echo "# Automatically generated by make menuconfig: don't edit" >>$CONFIG
+	echo "#" >>$CONFIG
+
+	echo "/*" >$CONFIG_H
+	echo " * Automatically generated by make menuconfig: don't edit" >>$CONFIG_H
+	echo " */" >>$CONFIG_H
+	echo "#define AUTOCONF_INCLUDED" >> $CONFIG_H
+
+	echo -n "."
+	if . $CONFIG_IN >>.menuconfig.log 2>&1
+	then
+		if [ "$DEF_CONFIG" = ".config" ]
+		then
+			mv $CONFIG_H $DEF_CONFIG_H
+		fi
+
+		if [ -f "$DEF_CONFIG" ]
+		then
+			rm -f ${DEF_CONFIG}.old
+			mv $DEF_CONFIG ${DEF_CONFIG}.old
+		fi
+
+		mv $CONFIG $DEF_CONFIG
+			
+		return 0
+	else
+		return 1
+	fi
+}
+
+#
+# Remove temporary files
+#
+cleanup () {
+	cleanup1
+	cleanup2
+}
+
+cleanup1 () {
+	rm -f MCmenu* MCradiolists MCdialog.out help.out
+}
+
+cleanup2 () {
+	rm -f .tmpconfig .tmpconfig.h
+}
+
+set_geometry () {
+	# Some distributions export these with incorrect values
+	# which can really screw up some ncurses programs.
+	LINES=  COLUMNS=
+
+	ROWS=${1:-24}  COLS=${2:-80} 
+
+	# Just in case the nasty rlogin bug returns.
+	#
+	[ $ROWS = 0 ] && ROWS=24
+	[ $COLS = 0 ] && COLS=80
+
+	if [ $ROWS -lt 19 -o $COLS -lt 80 ]
+	then
+		echo -e "\n\007Your display is too small to run Menuconfig!"
+		echo "It must be at least 19 lines by 80 columns."
+		exit 0
+	fi 
+
+	ROWS=$((ROWS-4))  COLS=$((COLS-5))
+}
+
+
+set_geometry `stty size 2>/dev/null`
+
+menu_instructions="\
+Arrow keys navigate the menu.  \
+<Enter> selects submenus --->.  \
+Highlighted letters are hotkeys.  \
+Pressing <Y> includes, <N> excludes, <M> modularizes features.  \
+Press <Esc><Esc> to exit, <?> for Help.  \
+Legend: [*] built-in  [ ] excluded  <M> module  < > module capable"
+
+radiolist_instructions="\
+Use the arrow keys to navigate this window or \
+press the hotkey of the item you wish to select \
+followed by the <SPACE BAR>.
+Press <?> for additional information about this option."
+
+inputbox_instructions_int="\
+Please enter a decimal value. \
+Fractions will not be accepted.  \
+Use the <TAB> key to move from the input field to the buttons below it."
+
+inputbox_instructions_hex="\
+Please enter a hexadecimal value. \
+Use the <TAB> key to move from the input field to the buttons below it."
+
+inputbox_instructions_string="\
+Please enter a string value. \
+Use the <TAB> key to move from the input field to the buttons below it."
+
+DIALOG="./scripts/lxdialog/lxdialog"
+
+kernel_version="${VERSION}.${PATCHLEVEL}.${SUBLEVEL}${EXTRAVERSION}"
+
+backtitle="Linux Kernel v$kernel_version Configuration"
+
+trap "cleanup ; exit 1" 1 2 15
+
+
+#
+# Locate default files.
+#
+CONFIG_IN=./config.in
+if [ "$1" != "" ] ; then
+	CONFIG_IN=$1
+fi
+
+DEFAULTS=arch/$ARCH/defconfig
+if [ -f .config ]; then
+  DEFAULTS=.config
+fi
+
+if [ -f $DEFAULTS ]
+then
+  echo "Using defaults found in" $DEFAULTS
+  load_config_file $DEFAULTS
+else
+  echo "No defaults found"
+fi
+
+
+# Fresh new log.
+>.menuconfig.log
+
+# Load the functions used by the config.in files.
+echo -n "Preparing scripts: functions" 
+load_functions
+
+if [ ! -e $CONFIG_IN ]
+then
+	echo "Your main config.in file ($CONFIG_IN) does not exist"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [ ! -x $DIALOG ]
+then
+	echo "Your lxdialog utility does not exist"
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+#
+# Read config.in files and parse them into one shell function per menu.
+#
+echo -n ", parsing"
+parse_config_files $CONFIG_IN
+
+echo "done."
+#
+# Start the ball rolling from the top.
+#
+activate_menu MCmenu0
+
+#
+# All done!
+#
+cleanup1
+
+#
+# Confirm and Save
+#
+if $DIALOG --backtitle "$backtitle" \
+	   --yesno "Do you wish to save your new kernel configuration?" 5 60
+then
+	save_configuration
+	echo
+	echo
+	echo "*** End of Linux kernel configuration."
+	echo "*** Check the top-level Makefile for additional configuration."
+	if [ ! -f .hdepend -o "$CONFIG_MODVERSIONS" = "y" ] ; then
+	    echo "*** Next, you must run 'make dep'."
+	else
+	    echo "*** Next, you may run 'make bzImage', 'make bzdisk', or 'make install'."
+	fi
+	echo
+else
+	echo
+    	echo 
+	echo Your kernel configuration changes were NOT saved.
+	echo
+fi
+
+# Remove log if empty.
+if [ ! -s .menuconfig.log ] ; then
+	rm -f .menuconfig.log
+fi
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/scripts/README.Menuconfig b/scripts/README.Menuconfig
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5c28589964e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/README.Menuconfig
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+Menuconfig gives the Linux kernel configuration a long needed face
+lift.  Featuring text based color menus and dialogs, it does not
+require X Windows.  With this utility you can easily select a kernel
+option to modify without sifting through 100 other options.
+
+Overview
+--------
+Some kernel features may be built directly into the kernel.
+Some may be made into loadable runtime modules.  Some features
+may be completely removed altogether.  There are also certain
+kernel parameters which are not really features, but must be 
+entered in as decimal or hexadecimal numbers or possibly text.
+
+Menu items beginning with [*], <M> or [ ] represent features 
+configured to be built in, modularized or removed respectively.
+Pointed brackets <> represent module capable features.
+                                                             more...
+
+To change any of these features, highlight it with the cursor 
+keys and press <Y> to build it in, <M> to make it a module or
+<N> to removed it.  You may also press the <Space Bar> to cycle
+through the available options (ie. Y->N->M->Y). 
+
+Items beginning with numbers or other text within parenthesis can 
+be changed by highlighting the item and pressing <Enter>.  Then
+enter the new parameter into the dialog box that pops up.
+
+
+Some additional keyboard hints:
+
+Menus
+----------
+o  Use the Up/Down arrow keys (cursor keys) to highlight the item 
+   you wish to change or submenu wish to select and press <Enter>.
+   Submenus are designated by "--->".
+
+   Shortcut: Press the option's highlighted letter (hotkey).
+             Pressing a hotkey more than once will sequence
+             through all visible items which use that hotkey.
+
+   You may also use the <PAGE UP> and <PAGE DOWN> keys to scroll
+   unseen options into view.
+
+o  To exit a menu use the cursor keys to highlight the <Exit> button
+   and press <ENTER>.  
+
+   Shortcut: Press <ESC><ESC> or <E> or <X> if there is no hotkey
+             using those letters.  You may press a single <ESC>, but
+             there is a delayed response which you may find annoying.
+
+   Also, the <TAB> and cursor keys will cycle between <Select>,
+   <Exit> and <Help>
+
+o  To get help with an item, use the cursor keys to highlight <Help>
+   and Press <ENTER>.
+
+   Shortcut: Press <H> or <?>.
+
+
+Radiolists  (Choice lists)
+-----------
+o  Use the cursor keys to select the option you wish to set and press
+   <S> or the <SPACE BAR>.
+
+   Shortcut: Press the first letter of the option you wish to set then
+             press <S> or <SPACE BAR>.
+
+o  To see available help for the item, use the cursor keys to highlight
+   <Help> and Press <ENTER>.
+
+   Shortcut: Press <H> or <?>.
+
+   Also, the <TAB> and cursor keys will cycle between <Select> and
+   <Help>
+
+
+Data Entry
+-----------
+o  Enter the requested information and press <ENTER>
+   If you are entering hexadecimal values, it is not necessary to
+   add the '0x' prefix to the entry.
+
+o  For help, use the <TAB> or cursor keys to highlight the help option
+   and press <ENTER>.  You can try <TAB><H> as well.
+
+
+Text Box    (Help Window)
+--------
+o  Use the cursor keys to scroll up/down/left/right.  The VI editor
+   keys h,j,k,l function here as do <SPACE BAR> and <B> for those
+   who are familiar with less and lynx.
+
+o  Press <E>, <X>, <Enter> or <Esc><Esc> to exit.
+
+
+Final Acceptance
+----------------
+With the exception of the old style sound configuration,
+YOUR CHANGES ARE NOT FINAL.  You will be given a last chance to
+confirm them prior to exiting Menuconfig.
+
+If Menuconfig quits with an error while saving your configuration,
+you may look in the file /usr/src/linux/.menuconfig.log for
+information which may help you determine the cause.
+
+Alternate Configuration Files
+-----------------------------
+Menuconfig supports the use of alternate configuration files for
+those who, for various reasons, find it necessary to switch 
+between different kernel configurations.
+
+At the end of the main menu you will find two options.  One is
+for saving the current configuration to a file of your choosing.
+The other option is for loading a previously saved alternate
+configuration.
+
+Even if you don't use alternate configuration files, but you 
+find during a Menuconfig session that you have completely messed
+up your settings, you may use the "Load Alternate..." option to
+restore your previously saved settings from ".config" without 
+restarting Menuconfig.
+
+Other information
+-----------------
+The windowing utility, lxdialog, will only be rebuilt if your kernel
+source tree is fresh, or changes are patched into it via a kernel
+patch or you do 'make mrproper'.  If changes to lxdialog are patched
+in, most likely the rebuild time will be short.  You may force a
+complete rebuild of lxdialog by changing to it's directory and doing
+'make clean all'
+
+If you use Menuconfig in an XTERM window make sure you have your 
+$TERM variable set to point to a xterm definition which supports color.
+Otherwise, Menuconfig will look rather bad.  Menuconfig will not 
+display correctly in a RXVT window because rxvt displays only one
+intensity of color, bright.
+
+Menuconfig will display larger menus on screens or xterms which are
+set to display more than the standard 25 row by 80 column geometry.
+In order for this to work, the "stty size" command must be able to 
+display the screen's current row and column geometry.  I STRONGLY
+RECOMMEND that you make sure you do NOT have the shell variables
+LINES and COLUMNS exported into your environment.  Some distributions
+export those variables via /etc/profile.  Some ncurses programs can
+become confused when those variables (LINES & COLUMNS) don't reflect
+the true screen size.
+
+
+NOTICE:  lxdialog requires the ncurses libraries to compile.  If you
+         don't already have ncurses you really should get it.
+
+         The makefile for lxdialog attempts to find your ncurses
+         header file.  Although it should find the header for older
+         versions of ncurses, it is probably a good idea to get the
+         latest ncurses anyway. 
+
+         If you have upgraded your ncurses libraries, MAKE SURE you
+         remove the old ncurses header files.  If you don't you
+         will most certainly get a segmentation fault.
+
+WARNING: It is not recommended that you change any defines in
+         lxdialog's header files.  If you have a grayscale display and
+         are brave, you may tinker with color.h to tune the colors to
+         your preference.
+
+COMPATIBILITY ISSUE:
+         There have been some compatibility problems reported with
+         older versions of bash and sed.  I am trying to work these
+         out but it is preferable that you upgrade those utilities.
+
+
+******** IMPORTANT, OPTIONAL ALTERNATE PERSONALITY AVAILABLE ********
+********                                                     ********
+If you prefer to have all of the kernel options listed in a single
+menu, rather than the default multimenu hierarchy, you may edit the
+Menuconfig script and change the line "single_menu_mode="  to 
+"single_menu_mode=TRUE".
+
+This mode is not recommended unless you have a fairly fast machine.
+*********************************************************************
+
+
+Propaganda
+----------
+The windowing support utility (lxdialog) is a VERY modified version of
+the dialog utility by Savio Lam <lam836@cs.cuhk.hk>.  Although lxdialog
+is significantly different from dialog, I have left Savio's copyrights
+intact.  Please DO NOT contact Savio with questions about lxdialog.
+He will not be able to assist.
+
+William Roadcap was the original author of Menuconfig.
+Michael Elizabeth Chastain <mec@shout.net> is the current maintainer.
+
+<END OF FILE>
diff --git a/scripts/checkconfig.pl b/scripts/checkconfig.pl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..fc352e436372
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/checkconfig.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+#! /usr/bin/perl
+#
+# checkconfig: find uses of CONFIG_* names without matching definitions.
+# Copyright abandoned, 1998, Michael Elizabeth Chastain <mailto:mec@shout.net>.
+
+use integer;
+
+$| = 1;
+
+foreach $file (@ARGV)
+{
+    # Open this file.
+    open(FILE, $file) || die "Can't open $file: $!\n";
+
+    # Initialize variables.
+    my $fInComment   = 0;
+    my $fUseConfig   = 0;
+    my $iLinuxConfig = 0;
+    my %configList   = ();
+
+    LINE: while ( <FILE> )
+    {
+	# Strip comments.
+	$fInComment && (s+^.*?\*/+ +o ? ($fInComment = 0) : next);
+	m+/\*+o && (s+/\*.*?\*/+ +go, (s+/\*.*$+ +o && ($fInComment = 1)));
+
+	# Pick up definitions.
+	if ( m/^\s*#/o )
+	{
+	    $iLinuxConfig      = $. if m/^\s*#\s*include\s*<linux\/config\.h>/o;
+	    $configList{uc $1} = 1  if m/^\s*#\s*include\s*<config\/(\S*)\.h>/o;
+	    $configList{$1}    = 1  if m/^\s*#\s*define\s+CONFIG_(\w*)/o;
+	    $configList{$1}    = 1  if m/^\s*#\s*undef\s+CONFIG_(\w*)/o;
+	}
+
+	# Look for usages.
+	next unless m/CONFIG_/o;
+	WORD: while ( m/\bCONFIG_(\w+)/og )
+	{
+	    $fUseConfig = 1;
+	    last LINE if $iLinuxConfig;
+	    next WORD if exists $configList{$1};
+	    print "$file: $.: need CONFIG_$1.\n";
+	    $configList{$1} = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    # Report superfluous includes.
+    if ( $iLinuxConfig && ! $fUseConfig )
+	{ print "$file: $iLinuxConfig: <linux/config.h> not needed.\n"; }
+
+    close(FILE);
+}
diff --git a/scripts/checkhelp.pl b/scripts/checkhelp.pl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e765233259e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/checkhelp.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+# checkhelp.pl - finds configuration options that have no
+#                corresponding section in the help file
+#
+# made by Meelis Roos (mroos@tartu.cyber.ee)
+
+# read the help file
+@options=split /\n/, `grep '^CONFIG' Documentation/Configure.help`;
+die "Can't read Documentation/Configure.help\n" if $#options == -1;
+
+#read all the files
+foreach $file (@ARGV)
+{
+	open (FILE, $file) || die "Can't open $file: $!\n";
+	while (<FILE>) {
+		# repeat until no CONFIG_* are left
+		while (/^\s*(bool|tristate|dep_tristate|string|int|hex).*' *(.*)'.*(CONFIG_\w*)/) {
+			$what=$3;
+			$name=$2;
+			s/$3//;
+			@found = grep (/$what$/, @options);
+			if ($#found == -1) {
+				next if $nohelp{$what};
+				print "$name\n$what\n  No help for $what\n\n";
+				$nohelp{$what}=1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	close (FILE);
+}
diff --git a/scripts/checkincludes.pl b/scripts/checkincludes.pl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8e6b716c191c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/checkincludes.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+#
+# checkincludes: Find files included more than once in (other) files.
+# Copyright abandoned, 2000, Niels Kristian Bech Jensen <nkbj@image.dk>.
+
+foreach $file (@ARGV) {
+	open(FILE, $file) or die "Cannot open $file: $!.\n";
+
+	my %includedfiles = ();
+
+	while (<FILE>) {
+		if (m/^\s*#\s*include\s*[<"](\S*)[>"]/o) {
+			++$includedfiles{$1};
+		}
+	}
+	
+	foreach $filename (keys %includedfiles) {
+		if ($includedfiles{$filename} > 1) {
+			print "$file: $filename is included more than once.\n";
+		}
+	}
+
+	close(FILE);
+}
diff --git a/scripts/cramfs/GNUmakefile b/scripts/cramfs/GNUmakefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ea972e38fa47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/cramfs/GNUmakefile
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+CFLAGS = -Wall -O2
+CPPFLAGS = -I../../fs/cramfs
+LDLIBS = -lz
+PROGS = mkcramfs
+
+all: $(PROGS)
+
+distclean clean:
+	rm -f $(PROGS)
+
+.PHONY: all clean
diff --git a/scripts/cramfs/mkcramfs.c b/scripts/cramfs/mkcramfs.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..878e12b32427
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/cramfs/mkcramfs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,624 @@
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <sys/fcntl.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+/* zlib required.. */
+#include <zlib.h>
+
+typedef unsigned char u8;
+typedef unsigned short u16;
+typedef unsigned int u32;
+
+#include "cramfs.h"
+
+static const char *progname = "mkcramfs";
+
+/* N.B. If you change the disk format of cramfs, please update fs/cramfs/README. */
+
+static void usage(void)
+{
+	fprintf(stderr, "Usage: '%s dirname outfile'\n"
+		" where <dirname> is the root of the\n"
+		" filesystem to be compressed.\n", progname);
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * If DO_HOLES is defined, then mkcramfs can create explicit holes in the
+ * data, which saves 26 bytes per hole (which is a lot smaller a saving than
+ * most filesystems).
+ *
+ * Note that kernels up to at least 2.3.39 don't support cramfs holes, which
+ * is why this defaults to undefined at the moment.
+ */
+/* #define DO_HOLES 1 */
+
+#define PAGE_CACHE_SIZE (4096)
+/* The kernel assumes PAGE_CACHE_SIZE as block size. */
+static unsigned int blksize = PAGE_CACHE_SIZE;
+
+static int warn_dev, warn_gid, warn_namelen, warn_size, warn_uid;
+
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(_a,_b) ((_a) < (_b) ? (_a) : (_b))
+#endif
+
+/* In-core version of inode / directory entry. */
+struct entry {
+	/* stats */
+	char *name;
+	unsigned int mode, size, uid, gid;
+
+	/* FS data */
+	void *uncompressed;
+        /* points to other identical file */
+        struct entry *same;
+        unsigned int offset;            /* pointer to compressed data in archive */
+	unsigned int dir_offset;	/* Where in the archive is the directory entry? */
+
+	/* organization */
+	struct entry *child; /* null for non-directories and empty directories */
+	struct entry *next;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Width of various bitfields in struct cramfs_inode.
+ * Used only to generate warnings.
+ */
+#define SIZE_WIDTH 24
+#define UID_WIDTH 16
+#define GID_WIDTH 8
+#define OFFSET_WIDTH 26
+
+/*
+ * The longest file name component to allow for in the input directory tree.
+ * Ext2fs (and many others) allow up to 255 bytes.  A couple of filesystems
+ * allow longer (e.g. smbfs 1024), but there isn't much use in supporting
+ * >255-byte names in the input directory tree given that such names get
+ * truncated to 255 bytes when written to cramfs.
+ */
+#define MAX_INPUT_NAMELEN 255
+
+static int find_identical_file(struct entry *orig,struct entry *newfile)
+{
+        if(orig==newfile) return 1;
+        if(!orig) return 0;
+        if(orig->size==newfile->size && orig->uncompressed && !memcmp(orig->uncompressed,newfile->uncompressed,orig->size)) {
+                newfile->same=orig;
+                return 1;
+        }
+        return find_identical_file(orig->child,newfile) ||
+                   find_identical_file(orig->next,newfile);
+}
+
+static void eliminate_doubles(struct entry *root,struct entry *orig) {
+        if(orig) {
+                if(orig->size && orig->uncompressed) 
+			find_identical_file(root,orig);
+                eliminate_doubles(root,orig->child);
+                eliminate_doubles(root,orig->next);
+        }
+}
+
+static unsigned int parse_directory(struct entry *root_entry, const char *name, struct entry **prev, loff_t *fslen_ub)
+{
+	DIR *dir;
+	int count = 0, totalsize = 0;
+	struct dirent *dirent;
+	char *path, *endpath;
+	size_t len = strlen(name);
+
+	dir = opendir(name);
+	if (!dir) {
+		perror(name);
+		exit(2);
+	}
+
+	/* Set up the path. */
+	/* TODO: Reuse the parent's buffer to save memcpy'ing and duplication. */
+	path = malloc(len + 1 + MAX_INPUT_NAMELEN + 1);
+	if (!path) {
+		perror(NULL);
+		exit(1);
+	}
+	memcpy(path, name, len);
+	endpath = path + len;
+	*endpath = '/';
+	endpath++;
+
+	while ((dirent = readdir(dir)) != NULL) {
+		struct entry *entry;
+		struct stat st;
+		int size;
+		size_t namelen;
+
+		/* Ignore "." and ".." - we won't be adding them to the archive */
+		if (dirent->d_name[0] == '.') {
+			if (dirent->d_name[1] == '\0')
+				continue;
+			if (dirent->d_name[1] == '.') {
+				if (dirent->d_name[2] == '\0')
+					continue;
+			}
+		}
+		namelen = strlen(dirent->d_name);
+		if (namelen > MAX_INPUT_NAMELEN) {
+			fprintf(stderr,
+				"Very long (%u bytes) filename `%s' found.\n"
+				" Please increase MAX_INPUT_NAMELEN in mkcramfs.c and recompile.  Exiting.\n",
+				namelen, dirent->d_name);
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		memcpy(endpath, dirent->d_name, namelen + 1);
+
+		if (lstat(path, &st) < 0) {
+			perror(endpath);
+			continue;
+		}
+		entry = calloc(1, sizeof(struct entry));
+		if (!entry) {
+			perror(NULL);
+			exit(5);
+		}
+		entry->name = strdup(dirent->d_name);
+		if (!entry->name) {
+			perror(NULL);
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		if (namelen > 255) {
+			/* Can't happen when reading from ext2fs. */
+
+			/* TODO: we ought to avoid chopping in half
+			   multi-byte UTF8 characters. */
+			entry->name[namelen = 255] = '\0';
+			warn_namelen = 1;
+		}
+		entry->mode = st.st_mode;
+		entry->size = st.st_size;
+		entry->uid = st.st_uid;
+		if (entry->uid >= 1 << UID_WIDTH)
+			warn_uid = 1;
+		entry->gid = st.st_gid;
+		if (entry->gid >= 1 << GID_WIDTH)
+			/* TODO: We ought to replace with a default
+                           gid instead of truncating; otherwise there
+                           are security problems.  Maybe mode should
+                           be &= ~070.  Same goes for uid once Linux
+                           supports >16-bit uids. */
+			warn_gid = 1;
+		size = sizeof(struct cramfs_inode) + ((namelen + 3) & ~3);
+		*fslen_ub += size;
+		if (S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
+			entry->size = parse_directory(root_entry, path, &entry->child, fslen_ub);
+		} else if (S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) {
+			/* TODO: We ought to open files in do_compress, one
+			   at a time, instead of amassing all these memory
+			   maps during parse_directory (which don't get used
+			   until do_compress anyway).  As it is, we tend to
+			   get EMFILE errors (especially if mkcramfs is run
+			   by non-root).
+
+			   While we're at it, do analagously for symlinks
+			   (which would just save a little memory). */
+			int fd = open(path, O_RDONLY);
+			if (fd < 0) {
+				perror(path);
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (entry->size) {
+				if ((entry->size >= 1 << SIZE_WIDTH)) {
+					warn_size = 1;
+					entry->size = (1 << SIZE_WIDTH) - 1;
+				}
+
+				entry->uncompressed = mmap(NULL, entry->size, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
+				if (-1 == (int) (long) entry->uncompressed) {
+					perror("mmap");
+					exit(5);
+				}
+			}
+			close(fd);
+		} else if (S_ISLNK(st.st_mode)) {
+			entry->uncompressed = malloc(entry->size);
+			if (!entry->uncompressed) {
+				perror(NULL);
+				exit(5);
+			}
+			if (readlink(path, entry->uncompressed, entry->size) < 0) {
+				perror(path);
+				continue;
+			}
+		} else {
+			entry->size = st.st_rdev;
+			if (entry->size & -(1<<SIZE_WIDTH))
+				warn_dev = 1;
+		}
+
+		if (S_ISREG(st.st_mode) || S_ISLNK(st.st_mode)) {
+			/* block pointers & data expansion allowance + data */
+                        if(entry->size) 
+                                *fslen_ub += ((4+26)*((entry->size - 1) / blksize + 1)
+                                              + MIN(entry->size + 3, st.st_blocks << 9));
+                        else 
+                                *fslen_ub += MIN(entry->size + 3, st.st_blocks << 9);
+                }
+
+		/* Link it into the list */
+		*prev = entry;
+		prev = &entry->next;
+		count++;
+		totalsize += size;
+	}
+	closedir(dir);
+	free(path);
+	return totalsize;
+}
+
+static void set_random(void *area, size_t size)
+{
+	int fd = open("/dev/random", O_RDONLY);
+
+	if (fd >= 0) {
+		if (read(fd, area, size) == size)
+			return;
+	}
+	memset(area, 0x00, size);
+}
+
+/* Returns sizeof(struct cramfs_super), which includes the root inode. */
+static unsigned int write_superblock(struct entry *root, char *base)
+{
+	struct cramfs_super *super = (struct cramfs_super *) base;
+	unsigned int offset = sizeof(struct cramfs_super);
+
+	super->magic = CRAMFS_MAGIC;
+	super->flags = 0;
+	/* Note: 0x10000 is meaningless, which is a bug; but
+	   super->size is never used anyway. */
+	super->size = 0x10000;
+	memcpy(super->signature, CRAMFS_SIGNATURE, sizeof(super->signature));
+	set_random(super->fsid, sizeof(super->fsid));
+	strncpy(super->name, "Compressed", sizeof(super->name));
+
+	super->root.mode = root->mode;
+	super->root.uid = root->uid;
+	super->root.gid = root->gid;
+	super->root.size = root->size;
+	super->root.offset = offset >> 2;
+
+	return offset;
+}
+
+static void set_data_offset(struct entry *entry, char *base, unsigned long offset)
+{
+	struct cramfs_inode *inode = (struct cramfs_inode *) (base + entry->dir_offset);
+	assert ((offset & 3) == 0);
+	if (offset >= (1 << (2 + OFFSET_WIDTH))) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "filesystem too big.  Exiting.\n");
+		exit(1);
+	}
+	inode->offset = (offset >> 2);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * We do a width-first printout of the directory
+ * entries, using a stack to remember the directories
+ * we've seen.
+ */
+#define MAXENTRIES (100)
+static unsigned int write_directory_structure(struct entry *entry, char *base, unsigned int offset)
+{
+	int stack_entries = 0;
+	struct entry *entry_stack[MAXENTRIES];
+
+	for (;;) {
+		int dir_start = stack_entries;
+		while (entry) {
+			struct cramfs_inode *inode = (struct cramfs_inode *) (base + offset);
+			size_t len = strlen(entry->name);
+
+			entry->dir_offset = offset;
+
+			inode->mode = entry->mode;
+			inode->uid = entry->uid;
+			inode->gid = entry->gid;
+			inode->size = entry->size;
+			inode->offset = 0;
+			/* Non-empty directories, regfiles and symlinks will
+			   write over inode->offset later. */
+
+			offset += sizeof(struct cramfs_inode);
+			memcpy(base + offset, entry->name, len);
+			/* Pad up the name to a 4-byte boundary */
+			while (len & 3) {
+				*(base + offset + len) = '\0';
+				len++;
+			}
+			inode->namelen = len >> 2;
+			offset += len;
+
+			/* TODO: this may get it wrong for chars >= 0x80.
+			   Most filesystems use UTF8 encoding for filenames,
+			   whereas the console is a single-byte character
+			   set like iso-latin-1. */
+			printf("  %s\n", entry->name);
+			if (entry->child) {
+				if (stack_entries >= MAXENTRIES) {
+					fprintf(stderr, "Exceeded MAXENTRIES.  Raise this value in mkcramfs.c and recompile.  Exiting.\n");
+					exit(1);
+				}
+				entry_stack[stack_entries] = entry;
+				stack_entries++;
+			}
+			entry = entry->next;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Reverse the order the stack entries pushed during
+                 * this directory, for a small optimization of disk
+                 * access in the created fs.  This change makes things
+                 * `ls -UR' order.
+		 */
+		{
+			struct entry **lo = entry_stack + dir_start;
+			struct entry **hi = entry_stack + stack_entries;
+			struct entry *tmp;
+
+			while (lo < --hi) {
+				tmp = *lo;
+				*lo++ = *hi;
+				*hi = tmp;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Pop a subdirectory entry from the stack, and recurse. */
+		if (!stack_entries)
+			break;
+		stack_entries--;
+		entry = entry_stack[stack_entries];
+
+		set_data_offset(entry, base, offset);
+		printf("'%s':\n", entry->name);
+		entry = entry->child;
+	}
+	return offset;
+}
+
+#ifdef DO_HOLES
+/*
+ * Returns non-zero iff the first LEN bytes from BEGIN are all NULs.
+ */
+static int
+is_zero(char const *begin, unsigned len)
+{
+	return (len-- == 0 ||
+		(begin[0] == '\0' &&
+		 (len-- == 0 ||
+		  (begin[1] == '\0' &&
+		   (len-- == 0 ||
+		    (begin[2] == '\0' &&
+		     (len-- == 0 ||
+		      (begin[3] == '\0' &&
+		       memcmp(begin, begin + 4, len) == 0))))))));
+}
+#else /* !DO_HOLES */
+# define is_zero(_begin,_len) (0)  /* Never create holes. */
+#endif /* !DO_HOLES */
+
+/*
+ * One 4-byte pointer per block and then the actual blocked
+ * output. The first block does not need an offset pointer,
+ * as it will start immediately after the pointer block;
+ * so the i'th pointer points to the end of the i'th block
+ * (i.e. the start of the (i+1)'th block or past EOF).
+ *
+ * Note that size > 0, as a zero-sized file wouldn't ever
+ * have gotten here in the first place.
+ */
+static unsigned int do_compress(char *base, unsigned int offset, char const *name, char *uncompressed, unsigned int size)
+{
+	unsigned long original_size = size;
+	unsigned long original_offset = offset;
+	unsigned long new_size;
+	unsigned long blocks = (size - 1) / blksize + 1;
+	unsigned long curr = offset + 4 * blocks;
+	int change;
+
+	do {
+		unsigned long len = 2 * blksize;
+		unsigned int input = size;
+		if (input > blksize)
+			input = blksize;
+		size -= input;
+		if (!is_zero (uncompressed, input)) {
+			compress(base + curr, &len, uncompressed, input);
+			curr += len;
+		}
+		uncompressed += input;
+
+		if (len > blksize*2) {
+			/* (I don't think this can happen with zlib.) */
+			printf("AIEEE: block \"compressed\" to > 2*blocklength (%ld)\n", len);
+			exit(1);
+		}
+
+		*(u32 *) (base + offset) = curr;
+		offset += 4;
+	} while (size);
+
+	curr = (curr + 3) & ~3;
+	new_size = curr - original_offset;
+	/* TODO: Arguably, original_size in these 2 lines should be
+	   st_blocks * 512.  But if you say that then perhaps
+	   administrative data should also be included in both. */
+	change = new_size - original_size;
+	printf("%6.2f%% (%+d bytes)\t%s\n",
+	       (change * 100) / (double) original_size, change, name);
+
+	return curr;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Traverse the entry tree, writing data for every item that has
+ * non-null entry->compressed (i.e. every symlink and non-empty
+ * regfile).
+ */
+static unsigned int write_data(struct entry *entry, char *base, unsigned int offset)
+{
+	do {
+		if (entry->uncompressed) {
+                        if(entry->same) {
+                                set_data_offset(entry, base, entry->same->offset);
+                                entry->offset=entry->same->offset;
+                        } else {
+                                set_data_offset(entry, base, offset);
+                                entry->offset=offset;
+                                offset = do_compress(base, offset, entry->name, entry->uncompressed, entry->size);
+                        }
+		}
+		else if (entry->child)
+			offset = write_data(entry->child, base, offset);
+                entry=entry->next;
+	} while (entry);
+	return offset;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Maximum size fs you can create is roughly 256MB.  (The last file's
+ * data must begin within 256MB boundary but can extend beyond that.)
+ *
+ * Note that if you want it to fit in a ROM then you're limited to what the
+ * hardware and kernel can support (64MB?).
+ */
+#define MAXFSLEN ((((1 << OFFSET_WIDTH) - 1) << 2) /* offset */ \
+		  + (1 << SIZE_WIDTH) - 1 /* filesize */ \
+		  + (1 << SIZE_WIDTH) * 4 / PAGE_CACHE_SIZE /* block pointers */ )
+
+
+/*
+ * Usage:
+ *
+ *      mkcramfs directory-name outfile
+ *
+ * where "directory-name" is simply the root of the directory
+ * tree that we want to generate a compressed filesystem out
+ * of.
+ */
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	struct stat st;
+	struct entry *root_entry;
+	char *rom_image;
+	unsigned int offset;
+	ssize_t written;
+	int fd;
+	loff_t fslen_ub = 0; /* initial guess (upper-bound) of
+				required filesystem size */
+	char const *dirname;
+
+	if (argc)
+		progname = argv[0];
+	if (argc != 3)
+		usage();
+
+	if (stat(dirname = argv[1], &st) < 0) {
+		perror(argv[1]);
+		exit(1);
+	}
+	fd = open(argv[2], O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC, 0666);
+
+	root_entry = calloc(1, sizeof(struct entry));
+	if (!root_entry) {
+		perror(NULL);
+		exit(5);
+	}
+	root_entry->mode = st.st_mode;
+	root_entry->uid = st.st_uid;
+	root_entry->gid = st.st_gid;
+
+	root_entry->size = parse_directory(root_entry, argv[1], &root_entry->child, &fslen_ub);
+	if (fslen_ub > MAXFSLEN) {
+		fprintf(stderr,
+			"warning: guestimate of required size (upper bound) is %luMB, but maximum image size is %uMB.  We might die prematurely.\n",
+			(unsigned long) (fslen_ub >> 20),
+			MAXFSLEN >> 20);
+		fslen_ub = MAXFSLEN;
+	}
+
+        /* find duplicate files. TODO: uses the most inefficient algorithm
+           possible. */
+        eliminate_doubles(root_entry,root_entry);
+
+
+	/* TODO: Why do we use a private/anonymous mapping here
+           followed by a write below, instead of just a shared mapping
+           and a couple of ftruncate calls?  Is it just to save us
+           having to deal with removing the file afterwards?  If we
+           really need this huge anonymous mapping, we ought to mmap
+           in smaller chunks, so that the user doesn't need nn MB of
+           RAM free.  If the reason is to be able to write to
+           un-mmappable block devices, then we could try shared mmap
+           and revert to anonymous mmap if the shared mmap fails. */
+	rom_image = mmap(NULL, fslen_ub, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0);
+	if (-1 == (int) (long) rom_image) {
+		perror("ROM image map");
+		exit(1);
+	}
+	offset = write_superblock(root_entry, rom_image);
+	printf("Super block: %d bytes\n", offset);
+
+	offset = write_directory_structure(root_entry->child, rom_image, offset);
+	printf("Directory data: %d bytes\n", offset);
+
+	offset = write_data(root_entry, rom_image, offset);
+
+	/* We always write a multiple of blksize bytes, so that
+           losetup works. */
+	offset = ((offset - 1) | (blksize - 1)) + 1;
+	printf("Everything: %d kilobytes\n", offset >> 10);
+
+	written = write(fd, rom_image, offset);
+	if (written < 0) {
+		perror("rom image");
+		exit(1);
+	}
+	if (offset != written) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "ROM image write failed (%d %d)\n", written, offset);
+		exit(1);
+	}
+
+	/* (These warnings used to come at the start, but they scroll off the
+           screen too quickly.) */
+	if (warn_namelen) /* (can't happen when reading from ext2fs) */
+		fprintf(stderr, /* bytes, not chars: think UTF8. */
+			"warning: filenames truncated to 255 bytes.\n");
+	if (warn_size)
+		fprintf(stderr,
+			"warning: file sizes truncated to %luMB (minus 1 byte).\n",
+			1L << (SIZE_WIDTH - 20));
+	if (warn_uid) /* (not possible with current Linux versions) */
+		fprintf(stderr,
+			"warning: uids truncated to %u bits.  (This may be a security concern.)\n",
+			UID_WIDTH);
+	if (warn_gid)
+		fprintf(stderr,
+			"warning: gids truncated to %u bits.  (This may be a security concern.)\n",
+			GID_WIDTH);
+	if (warn_dev)
+		fprintf(stderr,
+			"WARNING: device numbers truncated to %u bits.  This almost certainly means\n"
+			"that some device files will be wrong.\n",
+			OFFSET_WIDTH);
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/scripts/docgen b/scripts/docgen
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8d5fefef3abe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/docgen
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+X=`$TOPDIR/scripts/gen-all-syms "$*"`
+$TOPDIR/scripts/docproc $X
diff --git a/scripts/docproc.c b/scripts/docproc.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..465a604a33e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/docproc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+
+/*
+ *	A simple filter for the templates
+ */
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	char buf[1024];
+	char *vec[8192];
+	char *fvec[200];
+	char **svec;
+	char type[64];
+	int i;
+	int vp=2;
+	pid_t pid;
+
+
+	if(chdir(getenv("TOPDIR")))
+	{
+		perror("chdir");
+		exit(1);
+	}
+	
+	/*
+	 *	Build the exec array ahead of time.
+	 */
+	vec[0]="kernel-doc";
+	vec[1]="-docbook";
+	for(i=1;vp<8189;i++)
+	{
+		if(argv[i]==NULL)
+			break;
+		vec[vp++]=type;
+		vec[vp++]=argv[i];
+	}
+	vec[vp++]=buf+2;
+	vec[vp++]=NULL;
+	
+	/*
+	 *	Now process the template
+	 */
+	 
+	while(fgets(buf, 1024, stdin))
+	{
+		if(*buf!='!') {
+			printf("%s", buf);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		fflush(stdout);
+		svec = vec;
+		if(buf[1]=='E')
+			strcpy(type, "-function");
+		else if(buf[1]=='I')
+			strcpy(type, "-nofunction");	
+		else if(buf[1]=='F') {
+			int snarf = 0;
+			fvec[0] = "kernel-doc";
+			fvec[1] = "-docbook";
+			strcpy (type, "-function");
+			vp = 2;
+			for (i = 2; buf[i]; i++) {
+				if (buf[i] == ' ' || buf[i] == '\n') {
+					buf[i] = '\0';
+					snarf = 1;
+					continue;
+				}
+
+				if (snarf) {
+					snarf = 0;
+					fvec[vp++] = type;
+					fvec[vp++] = &buf[i];
+				}
+			}
+			fvec[vp++] = &buf[2];
+			fvec[vp] = NULL;
+			svec = fvec;
+		} else
+		{
+			fprintf(stderr, "Unknown ! escape.\n");
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		switch(pid=fork())
+		{
+		case -1:
+			perror("fork");
+			exit(1);
+		case  0:
+			execvp("scripts/kernel-doc", svec);
+			perror("exec scripts/kernel-doc");
+			exit(1);
+		default:
+			waitpid(pid, NULL,0);
+		}
+	}
+	exit(0);
+}
diff --git a/scripts/gen-all-syms b/scripts/gen-all-syms
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b15b160040e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/gen-all-syms
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+for i in $*
+do
+	grep "EXPORT_SYMBOL.*(.*)" "$i" \
+		| sed -e "s/EXPORT_SYMBOL.*(/  /" \
+		| sed -e "s/).*$//" | sed -e "s/^  //"
+done
diff --git a/scripts/header.tk b/scripts/header.tk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..94963425a9a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/header.tk
@@ -0,0 +1,636 @@
+# FILE: header.tk
+# This file is boilerplate TCL/TK function definitions for 'make xconfig'.
+#
+# CHANGES
+# =======
+#
+# 8 January 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain, <mec@shout.net>
+# - Remove unused do_cmd function (part of the 2.0 sound support).
+# - Arrange buttons in three columns for better screen fitting.
+# - Add CONSTANT_Y, CONSTANT_M, CONSTANT_N for commands like:
+#     dep_tristate 'foo' CONFIG_FOO m
+#
+# 23 January 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain, <mec@shout.net>
+# - Shut vfix the hell up.
+#
+# 24 January 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain, <mec@shout.net>
+# - Improve the exit message (Jeff Ronne).
+
+#
+# This is a handy replacement for ".widget cget" that requires neither tk4
+# nor additional source code uglification.
+#
+proc cget { w option } {
+	return "[lindex [$w configure $option] 4]"
+}
+
+#
+# Function to compensate for broken config.in scripts like the sound driver,
+# which make dependencies on variables that are never even conditionally
+# defined.
+#
+proc vfix { var } {
+	global $var
+	if [ catch {eval concat $$var} ] {
+		set $var 4
+	}
+}
+
+#
+# Constant values used by certain dep_tristate commands.
+#
+set CONSTANT_Y 1
+set CONSTANT_M 2
+set CONSTANT_N 0
+set CONSTANT_E 4
+
+#
+# Create a "reference" object to steal colors from.
+#
+button .ref
+
+#
+# On monochrome displays, -disabledforeground is blank by default; that's
+# bad.  Fill it with -foreground instead.
+#
+if { [cget .ref -disabledforeground] == "" } {
+	.ref configure -disabledforeground [cget .ref -foreground]
+}
+
+
+#
+# Define some macros we will need to parse the config.in file.
+#
+
+proc mainmenu_name { text } {
+	wm title . "$text"
+}
+
+proc menu_option { w menu_num text } {
+	global menus_per_column
+	global processed_top_level
+	set processed_top_level [expr $processed_top_level + 1]
+	if { $processed_top_level <= $menus_per_column } then {
+	    set myframe left
+	} elseif { $processed_top_level <= [expr 2 * $menus_per_column] } then {
+	    set myframe middle
+	} else {
+	    set myframe right
+	} 
+	button .f0.x$menu_num -anchor w -text "$text" \
+	    -command "$w .$w \"$text\""
+	pack .f0.x$menu_num -pady 0 -side top -fill x -in .f0.$myframe
+}
+
+proc load_configfile { w title func } {
+	catch {destroy $w}
+	toplevel $w -class Dialog
+	global loadfile
+	frame $w.x
+	label $w.bm -bitmap questhead
+	pack  $w.bm -pady 10 -side top -padx 10
+	label $w.x.l -text "Enter filename:" -relief raised
+	entry $w.x.x -width 35 -relief sunken -borderwidth 2 \
+		-textvariable loadfile
+	pack $w.x.l $w.x.x -anchor w -side left
+	pack $w.x -side top -pady 10
+	wm title $w "$title" 
+
+	set oldFocus [focus]
+	frame $w.f
+	button $w.f.back -text "OK" -width 20 \
+		-command "destroy $w; focus $oldFocus;$func .fileio"
+	button $w.f.canc -text "Cancel" \
+		-width 20 -command "destroy $w; focus $oldFocus"
+	pack $w.f.back $w.f.canc -side left -pady 10 -padx 45
+	pack $w.f -pady 10 -side bottom -padx 10 -anchor w
+	focus $w
+	global winx; global winy
+	set winx [expr [winfo x .]+30]; set winy [expr [winfo y .]+30]
+	wm geometry $w +$winx+$winy
+}
+
+bind all <Alt-q> {maybe_exit .maybe}
+
+proc maybe_exit { w } {
+	catch {destroy $w}
+	toplevel $w -class Dialog
+	label $w.bm -bitmap questhead
+	pack  $w.bm -pady 10 -side top -padx 10
+	message $w.m -width 400 -aspect 300 \
+		-text "Changes will be lost.  Are you sure?" -relief flat
+	pack  $w.m -pady 10 -side top -padx 10
+	wm title $w "Are you sure?" 
+
+	set oldFocus [focus]
+	frame $w.f
+	button $w.f.back -text "OK" -width 20 \
+		-command "exit"
+	button $w.f.canc -text "Cancel" \
+		-width 20 -command "destroy $w; focus $oldFocus"
+	pack $w.f.back $w.f.canc -side left -pady 10 -padx 45
+	pack $w.f -pady 10 -side bottom -padx 10 -anchor w
+  	bind $w <Return> "exit"
+    	bind $w <Escape> "destroy $w; focus $oldFocus"
+	focus $w
+	global winx; global winy
+	set winx [expr [winfo x .]+30]; set winy [expr [winfo y .]+30]
+	wm geometry $w +$winx+$winy
+}
+
+proc read_config_file { w } {
+	global loadfile
+	if { [string length $loadfile] != 0 && [file readable $loadfile] == 1 } then {
+		read_config $loadfile
+	} else {
+		catch {destroy $w}
+		toplevel $w -class Dialog
+		message $w.m -width 400 -aspect 300 -text \
+			"Unable to read file $loadfile" \
+			 -relief raised 
+		label $w.bm -bitmap error
+		pack $w.bm $w.m -pady 10 -side top -padx 10
+		wm title $w "Xconfig Internal Error" 
+
+		set oldFocus [focus]
+		frame $w.f
+		button $w.f.back -text "Bummer" \
+			-width 10 -command "destroy $w; focus $oldFocus"
+		pack $w.f.back -side bottom -pady 10 -anchor s
+		pack $w.f -pady 10 -side top -padx 10 -anchor s
+		focus $w
+		global winx; global winy
+		set winx [expr [winfo x .]+30]; set winy [expr [winfo y .]+30]
+		wm geometry $w +$winx+$winy
+	}
+}
+
+proc write_config_file  { w } {
+	global loadfile
+	if { [string length $loadfile] != 0 
+    		&& ([file writable $loadfile] == 1 || ([file exists $loadfile] == 0 && [file writable [file dirname $loadfile]] == 1)) } then {
+		writeconfig $loadfile /dev/null
+	} else {
+		catch {destroy $w}
+		toplevel $w -class Dialog
+		message $w.m -width 400 -aspect 300 -text \
+			"Unable to write file $loadfile" \
+			 -relief raised 
+		label $w.bm -bitmap error
+		pack $w.bm $w.m -pady 10 -side top -padx 10
+		wm title $w "Xconfig Internal Error" 
+
+		set oldFocus [focus]
+		frame $w.f
+		button $w.f.back -text "OK" \
+			-width 10 -command "destroy $w; focus $oldFocus"
+		pack $w.f.back -side bottom -pady 10 -anchor s
+		pack $w.f -pady 10 -side top -padx 10 -anchor s
+		focus $w
+		global winx; global winy
+		set winx [expr [winfo x .]+30]; set winy [expr [winfo y .]+30]
+		wm geometry $w +$winx+$winy
+	}
+}
+
+proc read_config { filename } {
+	set file1 [open $filename r]
+	clear_choices
+	while { [gets $file1 line] >= 0} {
+		if [regexp {([0-9A-Za-z_]+)=([ynm])} $line foo var value] {
+			if { $value == "y" } then { set cmd "global $var; set $var 1" }
+			if { $value == "n" } then { set cmd "global $var; set $var 0" }
+			if { $value == "m" } then { set cmd "global $var; set $var 2" }
+			eval $cmd
+		}
+		if [regexp {# ([0-9A-Za-z_]+) is not set} $line foo var] {
+			set cmd "global $var; set $var 0"
+			eval $cmd
+		}
+		if [regexp {([0-9A-Za-z_]+)=([0-9A-Fa-f]+)} $line foo var value] {
+			set cmd "global $var; set $var $value"
+			eval $cmd
+		}
+		if [regexp {([0-9A-Za-z_]+)="([^"]*)"} $line foo var value] {
+			set cmd "global $var; set $var \"$value\""
+			eval $cmd
+		}
+	}
+	close $file1
+	update_choices
+	update_mainmenu
+}
+proc write_comment { file1 file2 text } {
+    	puts $file1 ""
+	puts $file1 "#"
+	puts $file1 "# $text"
+	puts $file1 "#"
+	puts $file2 "/*"
+	puts $file2 " * $text"
+	puts $file2 " */"
+}
+
+proc effective_dep { deplist } {
+	global CONFIG_MODULES
+	set depend 1
+	foreach i $deplist {
+		if {$i == 0} then {set depend 0}
+		if {$i == 2 && $depend == 1} then {set depend 2}
+	}
+	if {$depend == 2 && $CONFIG_MODULES == 0} then {set depend 0}
+	return $depend
+}
+
+proc sync_tristate { var dep } {
+	global CONFIG_MODULES
+	if {$dep == 0 && ($var == 1 || $var == 2)} then {
+		set var 0
+	} elseif {$dep == 2 && $var == 1} then {
+		set var 2
+	} elseif {$var == 2 && $CONFIG_MODULES == 0} then {
+		if {$dep == 1} then {set var 1} else {set var 0}
+	}
+	return $var
+}
+
+proc sync_bool { var dep modset } {
+	set var [sync_tristate $var $dep]
+	if {$dep == 2 && $var == 2} then {
+		set var $modset
+	}
+	return $var
+}
+
+proc write_tristate { file1 file2 varname variable deplist modset } {
+	set variable [sync_tristate $variable [effective_dep $deplist]]
+	if { $variable == 2 } \
+		then { set variable $modset }
+	if { $variable == 1 } \
+		then { puts $file1 "$varname=y"; \
+		       puts $file2 "#define $varname 1" } \
+	elseif { $variable == 2 } \
+		then { puts $file1 "$varname=m"; \
+		       puts $file2 "#undef  $varname"; \
+		       puts $file2 "#define ${varname}_MODULE 1" } \
+	elseif { $variable == 0 } \
+		then { puts $file1 "# $varname is not set"; \
+		       puts $file2 "#undef  $varname"} \
+	else { \
+	    puts stdout "ERROR - Attempting to write value for unconfigured variable ($varname)." \
+	}
+}
+
+proc write_int { file1 file2 varname variable dep } {
+	if { $dep == 0 } \
+		then { puts $file1 "# $varname is not set"; \
+		       puts $file2 "#undef  $varname"} \
+	else {
+		puts $file1 "$varname=$variable"; \
+		puts $file2 "#define $varname ($variable)"; \
+	}
+}
+
+proc write_hex { file1 file2 varname variable dep } {
+	if { $dep == 0 } \
+		then { puts $file1 "# $varname is not set"; \
+		       puts $file2 "#undef  $varname"} \
+	else {
+		puts $file1 "$varname=$variable"; \
+		puts -nonewline $file2 "#define $varname 0x"; \
+		puts $file2 [exec echo $variable | sed s/^0\[xX\]//]; \
+	}
+}
+
+proc write_string { file1 file2 varname variable dep } {
+	if { $dep == 0 } \
+		then { puts $file1 "# $varname is not set"; \
+		       puts $file2 "#undef  $varname"} \
+	else {
+		puts $file1 "$varname=\"$variable\""; \
+		puts $file2 "#define $varname \"$variable\""; \
+	}
+}
+
+proc option_name {w mnum line text helpidx} {
+	button $w.x$line.l -text "$text" -relief groove -anchor w
+	$w.x$line.l configure -activefore [cget $w.x$line.l -fg] \
+				-activeback [cget $w.x$line.l -bg]
+	button $w.x$line.help -text "Help" -relief raised \
+		-command "dohelp .dohelp $helpidx .menu$mnum"
+	pack $w.x$line.help -side right -fill y
+	pack $w.x$line.l -side right -fill both -expand on
+}
+
+proc toggle_switch2 {w mnum line text variable} {
+	frame $w.x$line -relief sunken
+	radiobutton $w.x$line.y -text "y" -variable $variable -value 1 \
+		-relief groove -width 2 -command "update_active"
+	radiobutton $w.x$line.m -text "-"  -variable $variable -value 2 \
+		-relief groove -width 2 -command "update_active"
+	radiobutton $w.x$line.n -text "n"  -variable $variable -value 0 \
+		-relief groove -width 2 -command "update_active"
+
+	option_name $w $mnum $line $text $variable
+
+	pack $w.x$line.n $w.x$line.m $w.x$line.y -side right -fill y
+}
+
+proc toggle_switch3 {w mnum line text variable} {
+	frame $w.x$line -relief sunken
+	radiobutton $w.x$line.y -text "y" -variable $variable -value 1 \
+		-relief groove -width 2 -command "update_active"
+	radiobutton $w.x$line.m -text "m"  -variable $variable -value 2 \
+		-relief groove -width 2 -command "update_active"
+	radiobutton $w.x$line.n -text "n"  -variable $variable -value 0 \
+		-relief groove -width 2 -command "update_active"
+
+	option_name $w $mnum $line $text $variable
+
+	global CONFIG_MODULES
+	if {($CONFIG_MODULES == 0)} then {
+		$w.x$line.m configure -state disabled
+	}
+	pack $w.x$line.n $w.x$line.m $w.x$line.y -side right -fill y
+}
+
+proc bool {w mnum line text variable} {
+	toggle_switch2 $w $mnum $line $text $variable
+	$w.x$line.m configure -state disabled
+	pack $w.x$line -anchor w -fill both -expand on
+}
+
+proc tristate {w mnum line text variable } {
+	toggle_switch3 $w $mnum $line $text $variable
+	pack $w.x$line -anchor w -fill both -expand on
+}
+
+proc dep_tristate {w mnum line text variable } {
+	tristate $w $mnum $line $text $variable
+}
+
+proc dep_bool {w mnum line text variable } {
+	bool $w $mnum $line $text $variable
+}
+
+proc int { w mnum line text variable } {
+	frame $w.x$line
+	entry $w.x$line.x -width 18 -relief sunken -borderwidth 2 \
+		-textvariable $variable
+	option_name $w $mnum $line $text $variable
+	pack $w.x$line.x -anchor w -side right -fill y
+	pack $w.x$line -anchor w -fill both -expand on
+}
+
+proc hex { w mnum line text variable } {
+	int $w $mnum $line $text $variable
+}
+
+proc istring { w mnum line text variable } {
+	frame $w.x$line
+	entry $w.x$line.x -width 18 -relief sunken -borderwidth 2 \
+		-textvariable $variable
+	option_name $w $mnum $line $text $variable
+	pack $w.x$line.x -anchor w -side right -fill y
+	pack $w.x$line -anchor w -fill both -expand on
+}
+
+proc minimenu { w mnum line text variable helpidx } {
+	frame $w.x$line
+	menubutton $w.x$line.x -textvariable $variable -menu \
+		$w.x$line.x.menu -relief raised \
+		-anchor w
+	option_name $w $mnum $line $text $helpidx
+	pack $w.x$line.x -anchor w -side right -fill y
+	pack $w.x$line -anchor w -fill both -expand on
+}
+
+proc menusplit {w m n} {
+	if { $n > 2 } then {
+		update idletasks
+		set menuoptsize [expr [$m yposition 2] - [$m yposition 1]]   
+		set maxsize [winfo screenheight $w]
+		set splitpoint [expr $maxsize * 4 / 5 / $menuoptsize - 1]
+		for {set i [expr $splitpoint + 1]} {$i <= $n} {incr i $splitpoint} {
+			$m entryconfigure $i -columnbreak 1
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+proc menutitle {text menu w} {
+	wm title $w "$text"
+}
+
+proc submenu { w mnum line text subnum } {
+	frame $w.x$line
+	button $w.x$line.l -text "" -width 15 -relief groove
+	$w.x$line.l configure -activefore [cget $w.x$line.l -fg] \
+		-activeback [cget $w.x$line.l -bg] -state disabled
+	button $w.x$line.m -text "$text" -relief raised -anchor w \
+		-command "catch {destroy .menu$subnum}; menu$subnum .menu$subnum \"$text\""
+	pack $w.x$line.l -side left -fill both
+	pack $w.x$line.m -anchor w -side right -fill both -expand on
+	pack $w.x$line -anchor w -fill both -expand on
+}
+
+proc comment {w mnum line text } {
+	frame $w.x$line
+	button $w.x$line.l -text "" -width 15 -relief groove
+	$w.x$line.l configure -activefore [cget $w.x$line.l -fg] \
+		-activeback [cget $w.x$line.l -bg] -state disabled
+	button $w.x$line.m -text "$text" -relief groove -anchor w
+	$w.x$line.m configure -activefore [cget $w.x$line.m -fg] \
+		-activeback [cget $w.x$line.m -bg]
+	pack $w.x$line.l -side left -fill both
+	pack $w.x$line.m -anchor w -side right -fill both -expand on
+	pack $w.x$line -anchor w -fill both -expand on
+}
+
+proc dohelp {w var parent}  {
+	catch {destroy $w}
+	toplevel $w -class Dialog
+
+	set filefound 0
+	set found 0
+	set lineno 0
+
+	if { [file readable Documentation/Configure.help] == 1} then {
+		set filefound 1
+		# First escape sed regexp special characters in var:
+		set var [exec echo "$var" | sed s/\[\]\[\/.^$*\]/\\\\&/g]
+		# Now pick out right help text:
+		set message [exec sed -n "
+			/^$var\[ 	\]*\$/,\${
+				/^$var\[ 	\]*\$/c\\
+${var}:\\
+
+				/^#/b
+				/^\[^ 	\]/q
+				s/^  //
+				p
+			}
+			" Documentation/Configure.help]
+		set found [expr [string length "$message"] > 0]
+	}
+
+	frame $w.f1
+	pack $w.f1 -fill both -expand on
+
+	# Do the OK button
+	#
+	set oldFocus [focus]
+	frame $w.f2
+	button $w.f2.ok -text "OK" \
+		-width 10 -command "destroy $w; catch {focus $oldFocus}"
+	pack $w.f2.ok -side bottom -pady 6 -anchor n
+	pack $w.f2 -side bottom -padx 10 -anchor s
+
+	scrollbar $w.f1.vscroll -command "$w.f1.canvas yview"
+	pack $w.f1.vscroll -side right -fill y
+
+	canvas $w.f1.canvas -relief flat -borderwidth 0 \
+		-yscrollcommand "$w.f1.vscroll set"
+	frame $w.f1.f
+	pack $w.f1.canvas -side right -fill y -expand on
+
+	if { $found == 0 } then {
+		if { $filefound == 0 } then {
+		message $w.f1.f.m -width 750 -aspect 300 -relief flat -text \
+			"No help available - unable to open file Documentation/Configure.help.  This file should have come with your kernel."
+		} else {
+		message $w.f1.f.m -width 400 -aspect 300 -relief flat -text \
+			"No help available for $var"
+		}
+		label $w.f1.bm -bitmap error
+		wm title $w "RTFM"
+	} else {
+		text $w.f1.f.m -width 73 -relief flat -wrap word
+		$w.f1.f.m insert 0.0 $message
+		$w.f1.f.m conf -state disabled -height [$w.f1.f.m index end]
+
+		label $w.f1.bm -bitmap info
+		wm title $w "Configuration help" 
+	}
+	pack $w.f1.f.m -side left
+	pack $w.f1.bm $w.f1.f -side left -padx 10
+
+	focus $w
+	set winx [expr [winfo x $parent]+20]
+	set winy [expr [winfo y $parent]+20]
+	wm geometry $w +$winx+$winy
+	set sizok [expr [winfo reqheight $w.f2.ok] + 12]
+	set maxy [expr [winfo screenheight .] * 3 / 4]
+	set canvtotal [winfo reqheight $w.f1.f.m]
+	if [expr $sizok + $canvtotal < $maxy] {
+		set sizy $canvtotal
+	} else {
+		set sizy [expr $maxy - $sizok]
+	}
+	$w.f1.canvas configure -height $sizy -width [winfo reqwidth $w.f1.f.m] \
+		-scrollregion "0 0 [winfo reqwidth $w.f1.f.m] \
+			[winfo reqheight $w.f1.f.m]"
+	$w.f1.canvas create window 0 0 -anchor nw -window $w.f1.f
+	update idletasks
+
+	set maxy [winfo screenheight .]
+	if [expr $sizok + $canvtotal < $maxy] {
+		set sizy [expr $sizok + $canvtotal]
+	} else {
+		set sizy $maxy
+	}
+	wm maxsize $w [winfo width $w] $sizy
+}
+
+bind all <Alt-s> { catch {exec cp -f .config .config.old}; \
+		writeconfig .config include/linux/autoconf.h; wrapup .wrap }
+
+proc wrapup {w }  {
+	catch {destroy $w}
+	toplevel $w -class Dialog
+
+	global CONFIG_MODVERSIONS; vfix CONFIG_MODVERSIONS
+	if { ([file exists .hdepend] != 1) || ($CONFIG_MODVERSIONS == 1) } then {
+	    message $w.m -width 400 -aspect 300 -relief raised -text \
+		"End of Linux kernel configuration.  Check the top-level Makefile for additional configuration.  Next, you must run 'make dep'."
+	} else {
+	    message $w.m -width 400 -aspect 300 -relief raised -text \
+		"End of Linux kernel configuration.  Check the top-level Makefile for additional configuration.  Next, you may 'make bzImage', 'make bzdisk', or 'make bzlilo.'"
+	}
+	label $w.bm -bitmap info
+	pack $w.bm $w.m -pady 10 -side top -padx 10
+	wm title $w "Kernel build instructions" 
+
+	set oldFocus [focus]
+	frame $w.f
+	button $w.f.back -text "OK" \
+		-width 10 -command "exit"
+	pack $w.f.back -side bottom -pady 10 -anchor s
+	pack $w.f -pady 10 -side top -padx 10 -anchor s
+	focus $w
+        bind $w <Return> "exit"
+	global winx; global winy
+	set winx [expr [winfo x .]+30]; set winy [expr [winfo y .]+30]
+	wm geometry $w +$winx+$winy
+
+}
+
+proc unregister_active {num} {
+	global active_menus
+	set index [lsearch -exact $active_menus $num]
+	if {$index != -1} then {set active_menus [lreplace $active_menus $index $index]}
+}
+
+proc update_active {} {
+	global active_menus total_menus
+	set max 0
+	if {[llength $active_menus] > 0} then {
+		set max [lindex $active_menus end]
+		update_define [toplevel_menu [lindex $active_menus 0]] $max 0
+	}
+	foreach i $active_menus {
+		if {[winfo exists .menu$i] == 0} then {
+			unregister_active $i
+		} else {
+			update_menu$i
+		}
+	}
+	update_define [expr $max + 1] $total_menus 1
+	update_mainmenu
+}
+
+proc configure_entry {w option items} {
+	foreach i $items {
+		$w.$i configure -state $option
+	}
+}
+
+proc validate_int {name val default} {
+	if {([exec echo $val | sed s/^-//g | tr -d \[:digit:\] ] != "")} then {
+		global $name; set $name $default
+	}
+}
+
+proc validate_hex {name val default} {
+	if {([exec echo $val | tr -d \[:xdigit:\] ] != "")} then {
+		global $name; set $name $default
+	}
+}
+
+proc update_define {first last allow_update} {
+	for {set i $first} {$i <= $last} {incr i} {
+		update_define_menu$i
+		if {$allow_update == 1} then update
+	}
+}
+
+#
+# Next set up the particulars for the top level menu, and define a few
+# buttons which we will stick down at the bottom.
+#
+
+frame .f0 
+frame .f0.left
+frame .f0.middle
+frame .f0.right
+
+set active_menus [list]
+set processed_top_level 0
diff --git a/scripts/kernel-doc b/scripts/kernel-doc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4f8fb25becc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/kernel-doc
@@ -0,0 +1,998 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+
+## Copyright (c) 1998 Michael Zucchi, All Rights Reserved        ##
+## Copyright (C) 2000  Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com>             ##
+## 								 ##
+## #define enhancements by Armin Kuster <akuster@mvista.com>	 ## 
+## Copyright (c) 2000 MontaVista Software, Inc.			 ##   
+##                                                               ##
+## This software falls under the GNU General Public License.     ##
+## Please read the COPYING file for more information             ##
+
+# w.o. 03-11-2000: added the '-filelist' option.
+
+#
+# This will read a 'c' file and scan for embedded comments in the
+# style of gnome comments (+minor extensions - see below).
+#
+
+# Note: This only supports 'c'.
+
+# usage:
+# kerneldoc [ -docbook | -html | -text | -man ]
+#           [ -function funcname [ -function funcname ...] ] c file(s)s > outputfile
+# or
+#           [ -nofunction funcname [ -function funcname ...] ] c file(s)s > outputfile
+#
+#  Set output format using one of -docbook -html -text or -man.  Default is man.
+#
+#  -function funcname
+#	If set, then only generate documentation for the given function(s).  All
+#	other functions are ignored.
+#
+#  -nofunction funcname
+#	If set, then only generate documentation for the other function(s).  All
+#	other functions are ignored. Cannot be used with -function together
+#	(yes thats a bug - perl hackers can fix it 8))
+#
+#  c files - list of 'c' files to process
+#
+#  All output goes to stdout, with errors to stderr.
+
+#
+# format of comments.
+# In the following table, (...)? signifies optional structure.
+#                         (...)* signifies 0 or more structure elements
+# /**
+#  * function_name(:)? (- short description)?
+# (* @parameterx: (description of parameter x)?)*
+# (* a blank line)?
+#  * (Description:)? (Description of function)?
+#  * (section header: (section description)? )*
+#  (*)?*/
+#
+# So .. the trivial example would be:
+#
+# /**
+#  * my_function
+#  **/
+#
+# If the Description: header tag is ommitted, then there must be a blank line
+# after the last parameter specification.
+# e.g.
+# /**
+#  * my_function - does my stuff
+#  * @my_arg: its mine damnit
+#  *
+#  * Does my stuff explained. 
+#  */
+#
+#  or, could also use:
+# /**
+#  * my_function - does my stuff
+#  * @my_arg: its mine damnit
+#  * Description: Does my stuff explained. 
+#  */
+# etc.
+#
+# All descriptions can be multiline, apart from the short function description.
+#
+# All descriptive text is further processed, scanning for the following special
+# patterns, which are highlighted appropriately.
+#
+# 'funcname()' - function
+# '$ENVVAR' - environmental variable
+# '&struct_name' - name of a structure (up to two words including 'struct')
+# '@parameter' - name of a parameter
+# '%CONST' - name of a constant.
+
+# match expressions used to find embedded type information
+$type_constant = "\\\%([-_\\w]+)";
+$type_func = "(\\w+)\\(\\)";
+$type_param = "\\\@(\\w+)";
+$type_struct = "\\\&((struct\\s*)?[_\\w]+)";
+$type_env = "(\\\$\\w+)";
+
+
+# Output conversion substitutions.
+#  One for each output format
+
+# these work fairly well
+%highlights_html = ( $type_constant, "<i>\$1</i>",
+		     $type_func, "<b>\$1</b>",
+		     $type_struct, "<i>\$1</i>",
+		     $type_param, "<tt><b>\$1</b></tt>" );
+$blankline_html = "<p>";
+
+# sgml, docbook format
+%highlights_sgml = ( "([^=])\\\"([^\\\"<]+)\\\"", "\$1<quote>\$2</quote>",
+		     $type_constant, "<constant>\$1</constant>",
+		     $type_func, "<function>\$1</function>",
+		     $type_struct, "<structname>\$1</structname>",
+		     $type_env, "<envar>\$1</envar>",
+		     $type_param, "<parameter>\$1</parameter>" );
+$blankline_sgml = "</para><para>\n";
+
+# gnome, docbook format
+%highlights_gnome = ( $type_constant, "<replaceable class=\"option\">\$1</replaceable>",
+		     $type_func, "<function>\$1</function>",
+		     $type_struct, "<structname>\$1</structname>",
+		     $type_env, "<envar>\$1</envar>",
+		     $type_param, "<parameter>\$1</parameter>" );
+$blankline_gnome = "</para><para>\n";
+
+# these are pretty rough
+%highlights_man = ( $type_constant, "\$1",
+		    $type_func, "\\\\fB\$1\\\\fP",
+		    $type_struct, "\\\\fI\$1\\\\fP",
+		    $type_param, "\\\\fI\$1\\\\fP" );
+$blankline_man = "";
+
+# text-mode
+%highlights_text = ( $type_constant, "\$1",
+		     $type_func, "\$1",
+		     $type_struct, "\$1",
+		     $type_param, "\$1" );
+$blankline_text = "";
+
+
+sub usage {
+    print "Usage: $0 [ -v ] [ -docbook | -html | -text | -man ]\n";
+    print "         [ -function funcname [ -function funcname ...] ]\n";
+    print "         [ -nofunction funcname [ -nofunction funcname ...] ]\n";
+    print "         c source file(s) > outputfile\n";
+    exit 1;
+}
+
+# read arguments
+if ($#ARGV==-1) {
+    usage();
+}
+
+$verbose = 0;
+$output_mode = "man";
+%highlights = %highlights_man;
+$blankline = $blankline_man;
+$modulename = "API Documentation";
+$function_only = 0;
+$filelist = '';
+
+while ($ARGV[0] =~ m/^-(.*)/) {
+    $cmd = shift @ARGV;
+    if ($cmd eq "-html") {
+	$output_mode = "html";
+	%highlights = %highlights_html;
+	$blankline = $blankline_html;
+    } elsif ($cmd eq "-man") {
+	$output_mode = "man";
+	%highlights = %highlights_man;
+	$blankline = $blankline_man;
+    } elsif ($cmd eq "-text") {
+	$output_mode = "text";
+	%highlights = %highlights_text;
+	$blankline = $blankline_text;
+    } elsif ($cmd eq "-docbook") {
+	$output_mode = "sgml";
+	%highlights = %highlights_sgml;
+	$blankline = $blankline_sgml;
+    } elsif ($cmd eq "-gnome") {
+	$output_mode = "gnome";
+	%highlights = %highlights_gnome;
+	$blankline = $blankline_gnome;
+    } elsif ($cmd eq "-module") { # not needed for sgml, inherits from calling document
+	$modulename = shift @ARGV;
+    } elsif ($cmd eq "-function") { # to only output specific functions
+	$function_only = 1;
+	$function = shift @ARGV;
+	$function_table{$function} = 1;
+    } elsif ($cmd eq "-nofunction") { # to only output specific functions
+	$function_only = 2;
+	$function = shift @ARGV;
+	$function_table{$function} = 1;
+    } elsif ($cmd eq "-v") {
+	$verbose = 1;
+    } elsif (($cmd eq "-h") || ($cmd eq "--help")) {
+	usage();
+    } elsif ($cmd eq '-filelist') {
+	    $filelist = shift @ARGV;
+    }
+}
+
+
+# generate a sequence of code that will splice in highlighting information
+# using the s// operator.
+$dohighlight = "";
+foreach $pattern (keys %highlights) {
+#    print "scanning pattern $pattern ($highlights{$pattern})\n";
+    $dohighlight .=  "\$contents =~ s:$pattern:$highlights{$pattern}:gs;\n";
+}
+
+##
+# dumps section contents to arrays/hashes intended for that purpose.
+#
+sub dump_section {
+    my $name = shift @_;
+    my $contents = join "\n", @_;
+
+    if ($name =~ m/$type_constant/) {
+	$name = $1;
+#	print STDERR "constant section '$1' = '$contents'\n";
+	$constants{$name} = $contents;
+    } elsif ($name =~ m/$type_param/) {
+#	print STDERR "parameter def '$1' = '$contents'\n";
+	$name = $1;
+	$parameters{$name} = $contents;
+    } else {
+#	print STDERR "other section '$name' = '$contents'\n";
+	$sections{$name} = $contents;
+	push @sectionlist, $name;
+    }
+}
+
+##
+# output function
+#
+# parameters, a hash.
+#  function => "function name"
+#  parameterlist => @list of parameters
+#  parameters => %parameter descriptions
+#  sectionlist => @list of sections
+#  sections => %descriont descriptions
+#  
+
+sub output_highlight {
+    my $contents = join "\n", @_;
+    my $line;
+
+    eval $dohighlight;
+    foreach $line (split "\n", $contents) {
+	if ($line eq ""){
+	    print $lineprefix, $blankline;
+	} else {
+            $line =~ s/\\\\\\/\&/g;
+	    print $lineprefix, $line;
+	}
+	print "\n";
+    }
+}
+
+
+# output in html
+sub output_html {
+    my %args = %{$_[0]};
+    my ($parameter, $section);
+    my $count;
+    print "<h2>Function</h2>\n";
+
+    print "<i>".$args{'functiontype'}."</i>\n";
+    print "<b>".$args{'function'}."</b>\n";
+    print "(";
+    $count = 0;
+    foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+	$type = $args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter};
+	if ($type =~ m/([^\(]*\(\*)\s*\)\s*\(([^\)]*)\)/) {
+	    # pointer-to-function
+	    print "<i>$1</i><b>$parameter</b>) <i>($2)</i>";
+	} else {
+	    print "<i>".$type."</i> <b>".$parameter."</b>";
+	}
+	if ($count != $#{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+	    $count++;
+	    print ",\n";
+	}
+    }
+    print ")\n";
+
+    print "<h3>Arguments</h3>\n";
+    print "<dl>\n";
+    foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+	print "<dt><b>".$parameter."</b>\n";
+	print "<dd>";
+	output_highlight($args{'parameters'}{$parameter});
+    }
+    print "</dl>\n";
+    foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
+	print "<h3>$section</h3>\n";
+	print "<blockquote>\n";
+	output_highlight($args{'sections'}{$section});
+	print "</blockquote>\n";
+    }
+    print "<hr>\n";
+}
+
+
+# output in html
+sub output_intro_html {
+    my %args = %{$_[0]};
+    my ($parameter, $section);
+    my $count;
+
+    foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
+	print "<h3>$section</h3>\n";
+	print "<ul>\n";
+	output_highlight($args{'sections'}{$section});
+	print "</ul>\n";
+    }
+    print "<hr>\n";
+}
+
+
+
+# output in sgml DocBook
+sub output_sgml {
+    my %args = %{$_[0]};
+    my ($parameter, $section);
+    my $count;
+    my $id;
+
+    $id = "API-".$args{'function'};
+    $id =~ s/[^A-Za-z0-9]/-/g;
+
+    print "<refentry>\n";
+    print "<refmeta>\n";
+    print "<refentrytitle><phrase id=\"$id\">".$args{'function'}."</phrase></refentrytitle>\n";
+    print "</refmeta>\n";
+    print "<refnamediv>\n";
+    print " <refname>".$args{'function'}."</refname>\n";
+    print " <refpurpose>\n";
+    print "  ";
+    output_highlight ($args{'purpose'});
+    print " </refpurpose>\n";
+    print "</refnamediv>\n";
+
+    print "<refsynopsisdiv>\n";
+    print " <title>Synopsis</title>\n";
+    print "  <funcsynopsis>\n";
+    print "   <funcdef>".$args{'functiontype'}." ";
+    print "<function>".$args{'function'}." ";
+    print "</function></funcdef>\n";
+
+#    print "<refsect1>\n";
+#    print " <title>Synopsis</title>\n";
+#    print "  <funcsynopsis>\n";
+#    print "   <funcdef>".$args{'functiontype'}." ";
+#    print "<function>".$args{'function'}." ";
+#    print "</function></funcdef>\n";
+
+    $count = 0;
+    if ($#{$args{'parameterlist'}} >= 0) {
+	foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+	    $type = $args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter};
+	    if ($type =~ m/([^\(]*\(\*)\s*\)\s*\(([^\)]*)\)/) {
+		# pointer-to-function
+		print "   <paramdef>$1<parameter>$parameter</parameter>)\n";
+		print "     <funcparams>$2</funcparams></paramdef>\n";
+	    } else {
+		print "   <paramdef>".$type;
+		print " <parameter>$parameter</parameter></paramdef>\n";
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	print "  <void>\n";
+    }
+    print "  </funcsynopsis>\n";
+    print "</refsynopsisdiv>\n";
+#    print "</refsect1>\n";
+
+    # print parameters
+    print "<refsect1>\n <title>Arguments</title>\n";
+#    print "<para>\nArguments\n";
+    if ($#{$args{'parameterlist'}} >= 0) {
+	print " <variablelist>\n";
+	foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+	    print "  <varlistentry>\n   <term><parameter>$parameter</parameter></term>\n";
+	    print "   <listitem>\n    <para>\n";
+	    $lineprefix="     ";
+	    output_highlight($args{'parameters'}{$parameter});
+	    print "    </para>\n   </listitem>\n  </varlistentry>\n";
+	}
+	print " </variablelist>\n";
+    } else {
+	print " <para>\n  None\n </para>\n";
+    }
+    print "</refsect1>\n";
+
+    # print out each section
+    $lineprefix="   ";
+    foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
+	print "<refsect1>\n <title>$section</title>\n <para>\n";
+#	print "<para>\n$section\n";
+	if ($section =~ m/EXAMPLE/i) {
+	    print "<example><para>\n";
+	}
+	output_highlight($args{'sections'}{$section});
+#	print "</para>";
+	if ($section =~ m/EXAMPLE/i) {
+	    print "</para></example>\n";
+	}
+	print " </para>\n</refsect1>\n";
+    }
+
+    print "</refentry>\n\n";
+}
+
+# output in sgml DocBook
+sub output_intro_sgml {
+    my %args = %{$_[0]};
+    my ($parameter, $section);
+    my $count;
+    my $id;
+
+    $id = $args{'module'};
+    $id =~ s/[^A-Za-z0-9]/-/g;
+
+    # print out each section
+    $lineprefix="   ";
+    foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
+	print "<refsect1>\n <title>$section</title>\n <para>\n";
+#	print "<para>\n$section\n";
+	if ($section =~ m/EXAMPLE/i) {
+	    print "<example><para>\n";
+	}
+	output_highlight($args{'sections'}{$section});
+#	print "</para>";
+	if ($section =~ m/EXAMPLE/i) {
+	    print "</para></example>\n";
+	}
+	print " </para>\n</refsect1>\n";
+    }
+
+    print "\n\n";
+}
+
+# output in sgml DocBook
+sub output_gnome {
+    my %args = %{$_[0]};
+    my ($parameter, $section);
+    my $count;
+    my $id;
+
+    $id = $args{'module'}."-".$args{'function'};
+    $id =~ s/[^A-Za-z0-9]/-/g;
+
+    print "<sect2>\n";
+    print " <title id=\"$id\">".$args{'function'}."</title>\n";
+
+#    print "<simplesect>\n";
+#    print " <title>Synopsis</title>\n";
+    print "  <funcsynopsis>\n";
+    print "   <funcdef>".$args{'functiontype'}." ";
+    print "<function>".$args{'function'}." ";
+    print "</function></funcdef>\n";
+
+    $count = 0;
+    if ($#{$args{'parameterlist'}} >= 0) {
+	foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+	    $type = $args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter};
+	    if ($type =~ m/([^\(]*\(\*)\s*\)\s*\(([^\)]*)\)/) {
+		# pointer-to-function
+		print "   <paramdef>$1 <parameter>$parameter</parameter>)\n";
+		print "     <funcparams>$2</funcparams></paramdef>\n";
+	    } else {
+		print "   <paramdef>".$type;
+		print " <parameter>$parameter</parameter></paramdef>\n";
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	print "  <void>\n";
+    }
+    print "  </funcsynopsis>\n";
+#    print "</simplesect>\n";
+#    print "</refsect1>\n";
+
+    # print parameters
+#    print "<simplesect>\n <title>Arguments</title>\n";
+#    if ($#{$args{'parameterlist'}} >= 0) {
+#	print " <variablelist>\n";
+#	foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+#	    print "  <varlistentry>\n   <term><parameter>$parameter</parameter></term>\n";
+#	    print "   <listitem>\n    <para>\n";
+#	    $lineprefix="     ";
+#	    output_highlight($args{'parameters'}{$parameter});
+#	    print "    </para>\n   </listitem>\n  </varlistentry>\n";
+#	}
+#	print " </variablelist>\n";
+#    } else {
+#	print " <para>\n  None\n </para>\n";
+#    }
+#    print "</simplesect>\n";
+
+#    print "<simplesect>\n <title>Arguments</title>\n";
+    if ($#{$args{'parameterlist'}} >= 0) {
+	print " <informaltable pgwide=\"1\" frame=\"none\" role=\"params\">\n";
+	print "<tgroup cols=\"2\">\n";
+	print "<colspec colwidth=\"2*\">\n";
+	print "<colspec colwidth=\"8*\">\n";
+	print "<tbody>\n";
+	foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+	    print "  <row><entry align=\"right\"><parameter>$parameter</parameter></entry>\n";
+	    print "   <entry>\n";
+	    $lineprefix="     ";
+	    output_highlight($args{'parameters'}{$parameter});
+	    print "    </entry></row>\n";
+	}
+	print " </tbody></tgroup></informaltable>\n";
+    } else {
+	print " <para>\n  None\n </para>\n";
+    }
+#    print "</simplesect>\n";
+
+    # print out each section
+    $lineprefix="   ";
+    foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
+	print "<simplesect>\n <title>$section</title>\n";
+#	print "<para>\n$section\n";
+	if ($section =~ m/EXAMPLE/i) {
+	    print "<example><programlisting>\n";
+	} else {
+	}
+	print "<para>\n";
+	output_highlight($args{'sections'}{$section});
+#	print "</para>";
+	print "</para>\n";
+	if ($section =~ m/EXAMPLE/i) {
+	    print "</programlisting></example>\n";
+	} else {
+	}
+	print " </simplesect>\n";
+    }
+
+    print "</sect2>\n\n";
+}
+
+##
+# output in man
+sub output_man {
+    my %args = %{$_[0]};
+    my ($parameter, $section);
+    my $count;
+
+    print ".TH \"$args{'module'}\" 4 \"$args{'function'}\" \"25 May 1998\" \"API Manual\" LINUX\n";
+
+    print ".SH NAME\n";
+    print $args{'function'}." \\- ".$args{'purpose'}."\n";
+
+    print ".SH SYNOPSIS\n";
+    print ".B \"".$args{'functiontype'}."\" ".$args{'function'}."\n";
+    $count = 0;
+    $parenth = "(";
+    $post = ",";
+    foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+	if ($count == $#{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+	    $post = ");";
+	}
+	$type = $args{'parametertypes'}{$parameter};
+	if ($type =~ m/([^\(]*\(\*)\s*\)\s*\(([^\)]*)\)/) {
+	    # pointer-to-function
+	    print ".BI \"".$parenth.$1."\" ".$parameter." \") (".$2.")".$post."\"\n";
+	} else {
+	    $type =~ s/([^\*])$/\1 /;
+	    print ".BI \"".$parenth.$type."\" ".$parameter." \"".$post."\"\n";
+	}
+	$count++;
+	$parenth = "";
+    }
+
+    print ".SH Arguments\n";
+    foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+	print ".IP \"".$parameter."\" 12\n";
+	output_highlight($args{'parameters'}{$parameter});
+    }
+    foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
+	print ".SH \"$section\"\n";
+	output_highlight($args{'sections'}{$section});
+    }
+}
+
+sub output_intro_man {
+    my %args = %{$_[0]};
+    my ($parameter, $section);
+    my $count;
+
+    print ".TH \"$args{'module'}\" 4 \"$args{'module'}\" \"25 May 1998\" \"API Manual\" LINUX\n";
+
+    foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
+	print ".SH \"$section\"\n";
+	output_highlight($args{'sections'}{$section});
+    }
+}
+
+##
+# output in text
+sub output_text {
+    my %args = %{$_[0]};
+    my ($parameter, $section);
+
+    print "Function:\n\n";
+    $start=$args{'functiontype'}." ".$args{'function'}." (";
+    print $start;
+    $count = 0;
+    foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+	if ($type =~ m/([^\(]*\(\*)\s*\)\s*\(([^\)]*)\)/) {
+	    # pointer-to-function
+	    print $1.$parameter.") (".$2;
+	} else {
+	    print $type." ".$parameter;
+	}
+	if ($count != $#{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+	    $count++;
+	    print ",\n";
+	    print " " x length($start);
+	} else {
+	    print ");\n\n";
+	}
+    }
+
+    print "Arguments:\n\n";
+    foreach $parameter (@{$args{'parameterlist'}}) {
+	print $parameter."\n\t".$args{'parameters'}{$parameter}."\n";
+    }
+    foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
+	print "$section:\n\n";
+	output_highlight($args{'sections'}{$section});
+    }
+    print "\n\n";
+}
+
+sub output_intro_text {
+    my %args = %{$_[0]};
+    my ($parameter, $section);
+
+    foreach $section (@{$args{'sectionlist'}}) {
+	print " $section:\n";
+	print "    -> ";
+	output_highlight($args{'sections'}{$section});
+    }
+}
+
+##
+# generic output function - calls the right one based
+# on current output mode.
+sub output_function {
+#    output_html(@_);
+    eval "output_".$output_mode."(\@_);";
+}
+
+##
+# generic output function - calls the right one based
+# on current output mode.
+sub output_intro {
+#    output_html(@_);
+    eval "output_intro_".$output_mode."(\@_);";
+}
+
+
+##
+# takes a function prototype and spits out all the details
+# stored in the global arrays/hashes.
+sub dump_function {
+    my $prototype = shift @_;
+
+    $prototype =~ s/^static +//;
+    $prototype =~ s/^extern +//;
+    $prototype =~ s/^inline +//;
+    $prototype =~ s/^__inline__ +//;
+    $prototype =~ s/^#define +//; #ak added
+
+    # Yes, this truly is vile.  We are looking for:
+    # 1. Return type (may be nothing if we're looking at a macro)
+    # 2. Function name
+    # 3. Function parameters.
+    #
+    # All the while we have to watch out for function pointer parameters
+    # (which IIRC is what the two sections are for), C types (these
+    # regexps don't even start to express all the possibilities), and
+    # so on.
+    #
+    # If you mess with these regexps, it's a good idea to check that
+    # the following functions' documentation still comes out right:
+    # - parport_register_device (function pointer parameters)
+    # - atomic_set (macro)
+    # - pci_match_device (long return type)
+
+    if ($prototype =~ m/^()([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\(]*)\)/ ||
+	$prototype =~ m/^(\w+)\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\(]*)\)/ ||
+	$prototype =~ m/^(\w+\s*\*)\s*([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\(]*)\)/ ||
+	$prototype =~ m/^(\w+\s+\w+)\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\(]*)\)/ ||
+	$prototype =~ m/^(\w+\s+\w+\s*\*)\s*([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\(]*)\)/ ||
+	$prototype =~ m/^(\w+\s+\w+\s+\w+)\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\(]*)\)/ ||
+	$prototype =~ m/^(\w+\s+\w+\s+\w+\s*\*)\s*([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\(]*)\)/ ||
+	$prototype =~ m/^()([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\{]*)\)/ ||
+	$prototype =~ m/^(\w+)\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\{]*)\)/ ||
+	$prototype =~ m/^(\w+\s*\*)\s*([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\{]*)\)/ ||
+	$prototype =~ m/^(\w+\s+\w+)\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\{]*)\)/ ||
+	$prototype =~ m/^(\w+\s+\w+\s*\*)\s*([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\{]*)\)/ ||
+	$prototype =~ m/^(\w+\s+\w+\s+\w+)\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\{]*)\)/ ||
+	$prototype =~ m/^(\w+\s+\w+\s+\w+\s*\*)\s*([a-zA-Z0-9_~:]+)\s*\(([^\{]*)\)/)  {
+	$return_type = $1;
+	$function_name = $2;
+	$args = $3;
+
+	# allow for up to fours args to function pointers
+	$args =~ s/(\([^\),]+),/\1#/g;
+	$args =~ s/(\([^\),]+),/\1#/g;
+	$args =~ s/(\([^\),]+),/\1#/g;
+#	print STDERR "ARGS = '$args'\n";
+
+	foreach $arg (split ',', $args) {
+	    # strip leading/trailing spaces
+	    $arg =~ s/^\s*//;
+	    $arg =~ s/\s*$//;
+
+	    if ($arg =~ m/\(/) {
+		# pointer-to-function
+		$arg =~ tr/#/,/;
+		$arg =~ m/[^\(]+\(\*([^\)]+)\)/;
+		$param = $1;
+		$type = $arg;
+		$type =~ s/([^\(]+\(\*)$param/\1/;
+	    } else {
+		# evil magic to get fixed array parameters to work
+		$arg =~ s/(.+\s+)(.+)\[.*/\1* \2/;
+#		print STDERR "SCAN ARG: '$arg'\n";
+		@args = split('\s', $arg);
+
+#		print STDERR " -> @args\n";
+		$param = pop @args;
+#		print STDERR " -> @args\n";
+		if ($param =~ m/^(\*+)(.*)/) {
+		    $param = $2;
+		    push @args, $1;
+		}
+		$type = join " ", @args;
+	    }
+
+	    if ($type eq "" && $param eq "...")
+	    {
+		$type="...";
+		$param="...";
+		$parameters{"..."} = "variable arguments";
+	    }
+	    elsif ($type eq "" && $param eq "")
+	    {
+		$type="";
+		$param="void";
+		$parameters{void} = "no arguments";
+	    }
+            if ($type ne "" && $parameters{$param} eq "") {
+	        $parameters{$param} = "-- undescribed --";
+	        print STDERR "Warning($file:$lineno): Function parameter '$param' not described in '$function_name'\n";
+	    }
+
+	    push @parameterlist, $param;
+	    $parametertypes{$param} = $type;
+#	    print STDERR "param = '$param', type = '$type'\n";
+	}
+    } else {
+	print STDERR "Error($lineno): cannot understand prototype: '$prototype'\n";
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if ($function_only==0 || 
+     ( $function_only == 1 && defined($function_table{$function_name})) || 
+     ( $function_only == 2 && !defined($function_table{$function_name})))
+    {
+	output_function({'function' => $function_name,
+			 'module' => $modulename,
+			 'functiontype' => $return_type,
+			 'parameterlist' => \@parameterlist,
+			 'parameters' => \%parameters,
+			 'parametertypes' => \%parametertypes,
+			 'sectionlist' => \@sectionlist,
+			 'sections' => \%sections,
+			 'purpose' => $function_purpose
+			 });
+    }
+}
+
+######################################################################
+# main
+# states
+# 0 - normal code
+# 1 - looking for function name
+# 2 - scanning field start.
+# 3 - scanning prototype.
+$state = 0;
+$section = "";
+
+$doc_special = "\@\%\$\&";
+
+$doc_start = "^/\\*\\*\$";
+$doc_end = "\\*/";
+$doc_com = "\\s*\\*\\s*";
+$doc_func = $doc_com."(\\w+):?";
+$doc_sect = $doc_com."([".$doc_special."]?[\\w ]+):(.*)";
+$doc_content = $doc_com."(.*)";
+$doc_block = $doc_com."DOC:\\s*(.*)?";
+
+%constants = ();
+%parameters = ();
+@parameterlist = ();
+%sections = ();
+@sectionlist = ();
+
+$contents = "";
+$section_default = "Description";	# default section
+$section_intro = "Introduction";
+$section = $section_default;
+
+if( $filelist ne '' ) {
+	open(FLIST,"<$filelist") or die "Can't open file list $filelist";
+	while(<FLIST>) {
+		chop;
+		process_file($_);
+	}
+}
+
+foreach $file (@ARGV) {
+    chomp($file);
+    process_file($file);
+}
+
+sub process_file($) {
+    my ($file) = @_;
+
+    if (!open(IN,"<$file")) {
+	print STDERR "Error: Cannot open file $file\n";
+	return;
+    }
+
+    $lineno = 0;
+    while (<IN>) {
+	$lineno++;
+
+	if ($state == 0) {
+	    if (/$doc_start/o) {
+		$state = 1;		# next line is always the function name
+	    }
+	} elsif ($state == 1) {	# this line is the function name (always)
+	    if (/$doc_block/o) {
+		$state = 4;
+		$contents = "";
+		if ( $1 eq "" ) {
+			$section = $section_intro;
+		} else {
+			$section = $1;
+		}
+            }
+	    elsif (/$doc_func/o) {
+		$function = $1;
+		$state = 2;
+		if (/-(.*)/) {
+		    $function_purpose = $1;
+		} else {
+		    $function_purpose = "";
+		}
+		if ($verbose) {
+		    print STDERR "Info($lineno): Scanning doc for $function\n";
+		}
+	    } else {
+		print STDERR "WARN($lineno): Cannot understand $_ on line $lineno",
+		" - I thought it was a doc line\n";
+		$state = 0;
+	    }
+	} elsif ($state == 2) {	# look for head: lines, and include content
+	    if (/$doc_sect/o) {
+		$newsection = $1;
+		$newcontents = $2;
+
+		if ($contents ne "") {
+		    $contents =~ s/\&/\\\\\\amp;/g;
+		    $contents =~ s/\</\\\\\\lt;/g;
+		    $contents =~ s/\>/\\\\\\gt;/g;
+		    dump_section($section, $contents);
+		    $section = $section_default;
+		}
+
+		$contents = $newcontents;
+		if ($contents ne "") {
+		    $contents .= "\n";
+		}
+		$section = $newsection;
+	    } elsif (/$doc_end/) {
+
+		if ($contents ne "") {
+		    $contents =~ s/\&/\\\\\\amp;/g;
+		    $contents =~ s/\</\\\\\\lt;/g;
+		    $contents =~ s/\>/\\\\\\gt;/g;
+		    dump_section($section, $contents);
+		    $section = $section_default;
+		    $contents = "";
+		}
+
+#	    print STDERR "end of doc comment, looking for prototype\n";
+		$prototype = "";
+		$state = 3;
+	    } elsif (/$doc_content/) {
+		# miguel-style comment kludge, look for blank lines after
+		# @parameter line to signify start of description
+		if ($1 eq "" && $section =~ m/^@/) {
+		    $contents =~ s/\&/\\\\\\amp;/g;
+		    $contents =~ s/\</\\\\\\lt;/g;
+		    $contents =~ s/\>/\\\\\\gt;/g;
+		    dump_section($section, $contents);
+		    $section = $section_default;
+		    $contents = "";
+		} else {
+		    $contents .= $1."\n";
+		}
+	    } else {
+		# i dont know - bad line?  ignore.
+		print STDERR "WARNING($lineno): bad line: $_"; 
+	    }
+	} elsif ($state == 3) {	# scanning for function { (end of prototype)
+	    if (m#\s*/\*\s+MACDOC\s*#io) {
+	      # do nothing
+	    }
+	    elsif (/([^\{]*)/) {
+		$prototype .= $1;
+	    }
+	    if (/\{/ || /\#/) { # added for #define AK
+		$prototype =~ s@/\*.*?\*/@@gos;	# strip comments.
+		$prototype =~ s@[\r\n]+@ @gos; # strip newlines/cr's.
+		$prototype =~ s@^ +@@gos; # strip leading spaces
+		dump_function($prototype);
+
+		$function = "";
+		%constants = ();
+		%parameters = ();
+		%parametertypes = ();
+		@parameterlist = ();
+		%sections = ();
+		@sectionlist = ();
+		$prototype = "";
+
+		$state = 0;
+	    }
+	} elsif ($state == 4) {
+		# Documentation block
+	        if (/$doc_block/) {
+			dump_section($section, $contents);
+			output_intro({'sectionlist' => \@sectionlist,
+				      'sections' => \%sections });
+			$contents = "";
+			$function = "";
+			%constants = ();
+			%parameters = ();
+			%parametertypes = ();
+			@parameterlist = ();
+			%sections = ();
+			@sectionlist = ();
+			$prototype = "";
+			if ( $1 eq "" ) {
+				$section = $section_intro;
+			} else {
+				$section = $1;
+			}
+                }
+		elsif (/$doc_end/)
+		{
+			dump_section($section, $contents);
+			output_intro({'sectionlist' => \@sectionlist,
+				      'sections' => \%sections });
+			$contents = "";
+			$function = "";
+			%constants = ();
+			%parameters = ();
+			%parametertypes = ();
+			@parameterlist = ();
+			%sections = ();
+			@sectionlist = ();
+			$prototype = "";
+			$state = 0;
+		}
+		elsif (/$doc_content/)
+		{
+			if ( $1 eq "" )
+			{
+				$contents .= $blankline;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				$contents .= $1 . "\n";
+			}	
+        	}
+          }
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/scripts/ksymoops/README b/scripts/ksymoops/README
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f6cb06e3f30e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/ksymoops/README
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+ksymoops has been removed from the kernel.  It was always meant to be a
+free standing utility, not linked to any particular kernel version.
+The latest version can be found in
+ftp://ftp.<country>.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/ksymoops together
+with patches to other utilities in order to give more accurate Oops
+debugging.
+
+Keith Owens <kaos@ocs.com.au> Sat Jun 19 10:30:34 EST 1999
diff --git a/scripts/lxdialog/BIG.FAT.WARNING b/scripts/lxdialog/BIG.FAT.WARNING
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a8999d82bdb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/lxdialog/BIG.FAT.WARNING
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+This is NOT the official version of dialog.  This version has been
+significantly modified from the original.  It is for use by the Linux
+kernel configuration script.  Please do not bother Savio Lam with 
+questions about this program.
diff --git a/scripts/lxdialog/Makefile b/scripts/lxdialog/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ed8d17c37823
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/lxdialog/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+HOSTCFLAGS += -DLOCALE 
+LIBS = -lncurses
+
+ifeq (/usr/include/ncurses/ncurses.h, $(wildcard /usr/include/ncurses/ncurses.h))
+        HOSTCFLAGS += -I/usr/include/ncurses -DCURSES_LOC="<ncurses.h>"
+else
+ifeq (/usr/include/ncurses/curses.h, $(wildcard /usr/include/ncurses/curses.h))
+        HOSTCFLAGS += -I/usr/include/ncurses -DCURSES_LOC="<ncurses/curses.h>"
+else
+ifeq (/usr/include/ncurses.h, $(wildcard /usr/include/ncurses.h))
+        HOSTCFLAGS += -DCURSES_LOC="<ncurses.h>"
+else
+	HOSTCFLAGS += -DCURSES_LOC="<curses.h>"
+endif
+endif
+endif
+
+
+OBJS = checklist.o menubox.o textbox.o yesno.o inputbox.o \
+       util.o lxdialog.o msgbox.o
+
+%.o: %.c
+	$(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
+
+all: ncurses lxdialog
+
+lxdialog: $(OBJS)
+	$(HOSTCC) -o lxdialog $(OBJS) $(LIBS)
+
+ncurses:
+	@echo "main() {}" > lxtemp.c
+	@if $(HOSTCC) -lncurses lxtemp.c ; then \
+		rm -f lxtemp.c a.out; \
+	else \
+		rm -f lxtemp.c; \
+		echo -e "\007" ;\
+		echo ">> Unable to find the Ncurses libraries." ;\
+		echo ">>" ;\
+		echo ">> You must have Ncurses installed in order" ;\
+		echo ">> to use 'make menuconfig'" ;\
+		echo ;\
+		exit 1 ;\
+	fi
+
+clean:
+	rm -f core *.o *~ lxdialog
diff --git a/scripts/lxdialog/checklist.c b/scripts/lxdialog/checklist.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a1bf1f738bcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/lxdialog/checklist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
+/*
+ *  checklist.c -- implements the checklist box
+ *
+ *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *     Stuart Herbert - S.Herbert@sheffield.ac.uk: radiolist extension
+ *     Alessandro Rubini - rubini@ipvvis.unipv.it: merged the two
+ *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+static int list_width, check_x, item_x, checkflag;
+
+/*
+ * Print list item
+ */
+static void
+print_item (WINDOW * win, const char *item, int status,
+	    int choice, int selected)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    /* Clear 'residue' of last item */
+    wattrset (win, menubox_attr);
+    wmove (win, choice, 0);
+    for (i = 0; i < list_width; i++)
+	waddch (win, ' ');
+
+    wmove (win, choice, check_x);
+    wattrset (win, selected ? check_selected_attr : check_attr);
+    if (checkflag == FLAG_CHECK)
+	wprintw (win, "[%c]", status ? 'X' : ' ');
+    else
+	wprintw (win, "(%c)", status ? 'X' : ' ');
+
+    wattrset (win, selected ? tag_selected_attr : tag_attr);
+    mvwaddch(win, choice, item_x, item[0]);
+    wattrset (win, selected ? item_selected_attr : item_attr);
+    waddstr (win, (char *)item+1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print the scroll indicators.
+ */
+static void
+print_arrows (WINDOW * win, int choice, int item_no, int scroll,
+		int y, int x, int height)
+{
+    wmove(win, y, x);
+
+    if (scroll > 0) {
+	wattrset (win, uarrow_attr);
+	waddch (win, ACS_UARROW);
+	waddstr (win, "(-)");
+    }
+    else {
+	wattrset (win, menubox_attr);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+    }
+
+   y = y + height + 1;
+   wmove(win, y, x);
+
+   if ((height < item_no) && (scroll + choice < item_no - 1)) {
+	wattrset (win, darrow_attr);
+	waddch (win, ACS_DARROW);
+	waddstr (win, "(+)");
+    }
+    else {
+	wattrset (win, menubox_border_attr);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+   }
+}
+
+/*
+ *  Display the termination buttons
+ */
+static void
+print_buttons( WINDOW *dialog, int height, int width, int selected)
+{
+    int x = width / 2 - 11;
+    int y = height - 2;
+
+    print_button (dialog, "Select", y, x, selected == 0);
+    print_button (dialog, " Help ", y, x + 14, selected == 1);
+
+    wmove(dialog, y, x+1 + 14*selected);
+    wrefresh (dialog);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display a dialog box with a list of options that can be turned on or off
+ * The `flag' parameter is used to select between radiolist and checklist.
+ */
+int
+dialog_checklist (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
+	int list_height, int item_no, const char * const * items, int flag)
+	
+{
+    int i, x, y, box_x, box_y;
+    int key = 0, button = 0, choice = 0, scroll = 0, max_choice, *status;
+    WINDOW *dialog, *list;
+
+    checkflag = flag;
+
+    /* Allocate space for storing item on/off status */
+    if ((status = malloc (sizeof (int) * item_no)) == NULL) {
+	endwin ();
+	fprintf (stderr,
+		 "\nCan't allocate memory in dialog_checklist().\n");
+	exit (-1);
+    }
+
+    /* Initializes status */
+    for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) {
+	status[i] = !strcasecmp (items[i * 3 + 2], "on");
+	if (!choice && status[i])
+            choice = i;
+    }
+
+    max_choice = MIN (list_height, item_no);
+
+    /* center dialog box on screen */
+    x = (COLS - width) / 2;
+    y = (LINES - height) / 2;
+
+    draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
+
+    dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
+    keypad (dialog, TRUE);
+
+    draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
+    wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
+    mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
+    for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
+	waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
+
+    if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
+	/* truncate long title -- mec */
+	char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
+	memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
+	title2[width-2] = '\0';
+	title = title2;
+    }
+
+    if (title != NULL) {
+	wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
+	mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
+	waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
+	waddch (dialog, ' ');
+    }
+
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3);
+
+    list_width = width - 6;
+    box_y = height - list_height - 5;
+    box_x = (width - list_width) / 2 - 1;
+
+    /* create new window for the list */
+    list = subwin (dialog, list_height, list_width, y+box_y+1, x+box_x+1);
+
+    keypad (list, TRUE);
+
+    /* draw a box around the list items */
+    draw_box (dialog, box_y, box_x, list_height + 2, list_width + 2,
+	      menubox_border_attr, menubox_attr);
+
+    /* Find length of longest item in order to center checklist */
+    check_x = 0;
+    for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) 
+	check_x = MAX (check_x, + strlen (items[i * 3 + 1]) + 4);
+
+    check_x = (list_width - check_x) / 2;
+    item_x = check_x + 4;
+
+    if (choice >= list_height) {
+	scroll = choice - list_height + 1;
+	choice -= scroll;
+    }
+
+    /* Print the list */
+    for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++) {
+	print_item (list, items[(scroll+i) * 3 + 1],
+		    status[i+scroll], i, i == choice);
+    }
+
+    wnoutrefresh (list);
+
+    print_arrows(dialog, choice, item_no, scroll,
+			box_y, box_x + check_x + 5, list_height);
+
+    print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+
+    while (key != ESC) {
+	key = wgetch (dialog);
+
+    	for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++)
+            if (toupper(key) == toupper(items[(scroll+i)*3+1][0]))
+                break;
+
+
+	if ( i < max_choice || key == KEY_UP || key == KEY_DOWN || 
+	    key == '+' || key == '-' ) {
+	    if (key == KEY_UP || key == '-') {
+		if (!choice) {
+		    if (!scroll)
+			continue;
+		    /* Scroll list down */
+		    if (list_height > 1) {
+			/* De-highlight current first item */
+			print_item (list, items[scroll * 3 + 1],
+					status[scroll], 0, FALSE);
+			scrollok (list, TRUE);
+			wscrl (list, -1);
+			scrollok (list, FALSE);
+		    }
+		    scroll--;
+		    print_item (list, items[scroll * 3 + 1],
+				status[scroll], 0, TRUE);
+		    wnoutrefresh (list);
+
+    		    print_arrows(dialog, choice, item_no, scroll,
+				box_y, box_x + check_x + 5, list_height);
+
+		    wrefresh (dialog);
+
+		    continue;	/* wait for another key press */
+		} else
+		    i = choice - 1;
+	    } else if (key == KEY_DOWN || key == '+') {
+		if (choice == max_choice - 1) {
+		    if (scroll + choice >= item_no - 1)
+			continue;
+		    /* Scroll list up */
+		    if (list_height > 1) {
+			/* De-highlight current last item before scrolling up */
+			print_item (list, items[(scroll + max_choice - 1) * 3 + 1],
+				    status[scroll + max_choice - 1],
+				    max_choice - 1, FALSE);
+			scrollok (list, TRUE);
+			scroll (list);
+			scrollok (list, FALSE);
+		    }
+		    scroll++;
+		    print_item (list, items[(scroll + max_choice - 1) * 3 + 1],
+				status[scroll + max_choice - 1],
+				max_choice - 1, TRUE);
+		    wnoutrefresh (list);
+
+    		    print_arrows(dialog, choice, item_no, scroll,
+				box_y, box_x + check_x + 5, list_height);
+
+		    wrefresh (dialog);
+
+		    continue;	/* wait for another key press */
+		} else
+		    i = choice + 1;
+	    }
+	    if (i != choice) {
+		/* De-highlight current item */
+		print_item (list, items[(scroll + choice) * 3 + 1],
+			    status[scroll + choice], choice, FALSE);
+		/* Highlight new item */
+		choice = i;
+		print_item (list, items[(scroll + choice) * 3 + 1],
+			    status[scroll + choice], choice, TRUE);
+		wnoutrefresh (list);
+		wrefresh (dialog);
+	    }
+	    continue;		/* wait for another key press */
+	}
+	switch (key) {
+	case 'H':
+	case 'h':
+	case '?':
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    free (status);
+	    return 1;
+	case TAB:
+	case KEY_LEFT:
+	case KEY_RIGHT:
+	    button = ((key == KEY_LEFT ? --button : ++button) < 0)
+			? 1 : (button > 1 ? 0 : button);
+
+	    print_buttons(dialog, height, width, button);
+	    wrefresh (dialog);
+	    break;
+	case 'S':
+	case 's':
+	case ' ':
+	case '\n':
+	    if (!button) {
+		if (flag == FLAG_CHECK) {
+		    status[scroll + choice] = !status[scroll + choice];
+		    wmove (list, choice, check_x);
+		    wattrset (list, check_selected_attr);
+		    wprintw (list, "[%c]", status[scroll + choice] ? 'X' : ' ');
+		} else {
+		    if (!status[scroll + choice]) {
+			for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++)
+			    status[i] = 0;
+			status[scroll + choice] = 1;
+			for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++)
+			    print_item (list, items[(scroll + i) * 3 + 1],
+					status[scroll + i], i, i == choice);
+		    }
+		}
+		wnoutrefresh (list);
+		wrefresh (dialog);
+            
+		for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) {
+		    if (status[i]) {
+			if (flag == FLAG_CHECK) {
+			    fprintf (stderr, "\"%s\" ", items[i * 3]);
+			} else {
+			    fprintf (stderr, "%s", items[i * 3]);
+			}
+
+		    }
+		}
+            }
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    free (status);
+	    return button;
+	case 'X':
+	case 'x':
+	    key = ESC;
+	case ESC:
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    delwin (dialog);
+    free (status);
+    return -1;			/* ESC pressed */
+}
diff --git a/scripts/lxdialog/colors.h b/scripts/lxdialog/colors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d34dd37c6f74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/lxdialog/colors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/*
+ *  colors.h -- color attribute definitions
+ *
+ *  AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ *   Default color definitions
+ *
+ *   *_FG = foreground
+ *   *_BG = background
+ *   *_HL = highlight?
+ */
+#define SCREEN_FG                    COLOR_CYAN
+#define SCREEN_BG                    COLOR_BLUE
+#define SCREEN_HL                    TRUE
+
+#define SHADOW_FG                    COLOR_BLACK
+#define SHADOW_BG                    COLOR_BLACK
+#define SHADOW_HL                    TRUE
+
+#define DIALOG_FG                    COLOR_BLACK
+#define DIALOG_BG                    COLOR_WHITE
+#define DIALOG_HL                    FALSE
+
+#define TITLE_FG                     COLOR_YELLOW
+#define TITLE_BG                     COLOR_WHITE
+#define TITLE_HL                     TRUE
+
+#define BORDER_FG                    COLOR_WHITE
+#define BORDER_BG                    COLOR_WHITE
+#define BORDER_HL                    TRUE
+
+#define BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG             COLOR_WHITE
+#define BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG             COLOR_BLUE
+#define BUTTON_ACTIVE_HL             TRUE
+
+#define BUTTON_INACTIVE_FG           COLOR_BLACK
+#define BUTTON_INACTIVE_BG           COLOR_WHITE
+#define BUTTON_INACTIVE_HL           FALSE
+
+#define BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_FG         COLOR_WHITE
+#define BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_BG         COLOR_BLUE
+#define BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_HL         TRUE
+
+#define BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_FG       COLOR_RED
+#define BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_BG       COLOR_WHITE
+#define BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_HL       FALSE
+
+#define BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_FG       COLOR_YELLOW
+#define BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_BG       COLOR_BLUE
+#define BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_HL       TRUE
+
+#define BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_FG     COLOR_BLACK
+#define BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_BG     COLOR_WHITE
+#define BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_HL     TRUE
+
+#define INPUTBOX_FG                  COLOR_BLACK
+#define INPUTBOX_BG                  COLOR_WHITE
+#define INPUTBOX_HL                  FALSE
+
+#define INPUTBOX_BORDER_FG           COLOR_BLACK
+#define INPUTBOX_BORDER_BG           COLOR_WHITE
+#define INPUTBOX_BORDER_HL           FALSE
+
+#define SEARCHBOX_FG                 COLOR_BLACK
+#define SEARCHBOX_BG                 COLOR_WHITE
+#define SEARCHBOX_HL                 FALSE
+
+#define SEARCHBOX_TITLE_FG           COLOR_YELLOW
+#define SEARCHBOX_TITLE_BG           COLOR_WHITE
+#define SEARCHBOX_TITLE_HL           TRUE
+
+#define SEARCHBOX_BORDER_FG          COLOR_WHITE
+#define SEARCHBOX_BORDER_BG          COLOR_WHITE
+#define SEARCHBOX_BORDER_HL          TRUE
+
+#define POSITION_INDICATOR_FG        COLOR_YELLOW
+#define POSITION_INDICATOR_BG        COLOR_WHITE
+#define POSITION_INDICATOR_HL        TRUE
+
+#define MENUBOX_FG                   COLOR_BLACK
+#define MENUBOX_BG                   COLOR_WHITE
+#define MENUBOX_HL                   FALSE
+
+#define MENUBOX_BORDER_FG            COLOR_WHITE
+#define MENUBOX_BORDER_BG            COLOR_WHITE
+#define MENUBOX_BORDER_HL            TRUE
+
+#define ITEM_FG                      COLOR_BLACK
+#define ITEM_BG                      COLOR_WHITE
+#define ITEM_HL                      FALSE
+
+#define ITEM_SELECTED_FG             COLOR_WHITE
+#define ITEM_SELECTED_BG             COLOR_BLUE
+#define ITEM_SELECTED_HL             TRUE
+
+#define TAG_FG                       COLOR_YELLOW
+#define TAG_BG                       COLOR_WHITE
+#define TAG_HL                       TRUE
+
+#define TAG_SELECTED_FG              COLOR_YELLOW
+#define TAG_SELECTED_BG              COLOR_BLUE
+#define TAG_SELECTED_HL              TRUE
+
+#define TAG_KEY_FG                   COLOR_YELLOW
+#define TAG_KEY_BG                   COLOR_WHITE
+#define TAG_KEY_HL                   TRUE
+
+#define TAG_KEY_SELECTED_FG          COLOR_YELLOW
+#define TAG_KEY_SELECTED_BG          COLOR_BLUE
+#define TAG_KEY_SELECTED_HL          TRUE
+
+#define CHECK_FG                     COLOR_BLACK
+#define CHECK_BG                     COLOR_WHITE
+#define CHECK_HL                     FALSE
+
+#define CHECK_SELECTED_FG            COLOR_WHITE
+#define CHECK_SELECTED_BG            COLOR_BLUE
+#define CHECK_SELECTED_HL            TRUE
+
+#define UARROW_FG                    COLOR_GREEN
+#define UARROW_BG                    COLOR_WHITE
+#define UARROW_HL                    TRUE
+
+#define DARROW_FG                    COLOR_GREEN
+#define DARROW_BG                    COLOR_WHITE
+#define DARROW_HL                    TRUE
+
+/* End of default color definitions */
+
+#define C_ATTR(x,y)                  ((x ? A_BOLD : 0) | COLOR_PAIR((y)))
+#define COLOR_NAME_LEN               10
+#define COLOR_COUNT                  8
+
+/*
+ * Global variables
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    char name[COLOR_NAME_LEN];
+    int value;
+} color_names_st;
+
+extern color_names_st color_names[];
+extern int color_table[][3];
diff --git a/scripts/lxdialog/dialog.h b/scripts/lxdialog/dialog.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0e30d00d0b25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/lxdialog/dialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+
+/*
+ *  dialog.h -- common declarations for all dialog modules
+ *
+ *  AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include CURSES_LOC
+
+/*
+ * Colors in ncurses 1.9.9e do not work properly since foreground and
+ * background colors are OR'd rather than separately masked.  This version
+ * of dialog was hacked to work with ncurses 1.9.9e, making it incompatible
+ * with standard curses.  The simplest fix (to make this work with standard
+ * curses) uses the wbkgdset() function, not used in the original hack.
+ * Turn it off if we're building with 1.9.9e, since it just confuses things.
+ */
+#if defined(NCURSES_VERSION) && defined(_NEED_WRAP) && !defined(GCC_PRINTFLIKE)
+#define OLD_NCURSES 1
+#undef  wbkgdset
+#define wbkgdset(w,p) /*nothing*/
+#else
+#define OLD_NCURSES 0
+#endif
+
+#define TR(params) _tracef params
+
+#define ESC 27
+#define TAB 9
+#define MAX_LEN 2048
+#define BUF_SIZE (10*1024)
+#define MIN(x,y) (x < y ? x : y)
+#define MAX(x,y) (x > y ? x : y)
+
+
+#ifndef ACS_ULCORNER
+#define ACS_ULCORNER '+'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_LLCORNER
+#define ACS_LLCORNER '+'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_URCORNER
+#define ACS_URCORNER '+'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_LRCORNER
+#define ACS_LRCORNER '+'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_HLINE
+#define ACS_HLINE '-'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_VLINE
+#define ACS_VLINE '|'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_LTEE
+#define ACS_LTEE '+'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_RTEE
+#define ACS_RTEE '+'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_UARROW
+#define ACS_UARROW '^'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_DARROW
+#define ACS_DARROW 'v'
+#endif
+
+/* 
+ * Attribute names
+ */
+#define screen_attr                   attributes[0]
+#define shadow_attr                   attributes[1]
+#define dialog_attr                   attributes[2]
+#define title_attr                    attributes[3]
+#define border_attr                   attributes[4]
+#define button_active_attr            attributes[5]
+#define button_inactive_attr          attributes[6]
+#define button_key_active_attr        attributes[7]
+#define button_key_inactive_attr      attributes[8]
+#define button_label_active_attr      attributes[9]
+#define button_label_inactive_attr    attributes[10]
+#define inputbox_attr                 attributes[11]
+#define inputbox_border_attr          attributes[12]
+#define searchbox_attr                attributes[13]
+#define searchbox_title_attr          attributes[14]
+#define searchbox_border_attr         attributes[15]
+#define position_indicator_attr       attributes[16]
+#define menubox_attr                  attributes[17]
+#define menubox_border_attr           attributes[18]
+#define item_attr                     attributes[19]
+#define item_selected_attr            attributes[20]
+#define tag_attr                      attributes[21]
+#define tag_selected_attr             attributes[22]
+#define tag_key_attr                  attributes[23]
+#define tag_key_selected_attr         attributes[24]
+#define check_attr                    attributes[25]
+#define check_selected_attr           attributes[26]
+#define uarrow_attr                   attributes[27]
+#define darrow_attr                   attributes[28]
+
+/* number of attributes */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_COUNT               29
+
+/*
+ * Global variables
+ */
+extern bool use_colors;
+extern bool use_shadow;
+
+extern chtype attributes[];
+
+extern const char *backtitle;
+
+/*
+ * Function prototypes
+ */
+extern void create_rc (const char *filename);
+extern int parse_rc (void);
+
+
+void init_dialog (void);
+void end_dialog (void);
+void attr_clear (WINDOW * win, int height, int width, chtype attr);
+void dialog_clear (void);
+void color_setup (void);
+void print_autowrap (WINDOW * win, const char *prompt, int width, int y, int x);
+void print_button (WINDOW * win, const char *label, int y, int x, int selected);
+void draw_box (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width, chtype box,
+		chtype border);
+void draw_shadow (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width);
+
+int first_alpha (const char *string, const char *exempt);
+int dialog_yesno (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width);
+int dialog_msgbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height,
+		int width, int pause);
+int dialog_textbox (const char *title, const char *file, int height, int width);
+int dialog_menu (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
+		int menu_height, const char *choice, int item_no, 
+		const char * const * items);
+int dialog_checklist (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height,
+		int width, int list_height, int item_no,
+		const char * const * items, int flag);
+extern unsigned char dialog_input_result[];
+int dialog_inputbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height,
+		int width, const char *init);
+
+/*
+ * This is the base for fictitious keys, which activate
+ * the buttons.
+ *
+ * Mouse-generated keys are the following:
+ *   -- the first 32 are used as numbers, in addition to '0'-'9'
+ *   -- the lowercase are used to signal mouse-enter events (M_EVENT + 'o')
+ *   -- uppercase chars are used to invoke the button (M_EVENT + 'O')
+ */
+#define M_EVENT (KEY_MAX+1)
+
+
+/*
+ * The `flag' parameter in checklist is used to select between
+ * radiolist and checklist
+ */
+#define FLAG_CHECK 1
+#define FLAG_RADIO 0
diff --git a/scripts/lxdialog/inputbox.c b/scripts/lxdialog/inputbox.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..fa7bebc693b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/lxdialog/inputbox.c
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+/*
+ *  inputbox.c -- implements the input box
+ *
+ *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+unsigned char dialog_input_result[MAX_LEN + 1];
+
+/*
+ *  Print the termination buttons
+ */
+static void
+print_buttons(WINDOW *dialog, int height, int width, int selected)
+{
+    int x = width / 2 - 11;
+    int y = height - 2;
+
+    print_button (dialog, "  Ok  ", y, x, selected==0);
+    print_button (dialog, " Help ", y, x + 14, selected==1);
+
+    wmove(dialog, y, x+1+14*selected);
+    wrefresh(dialog);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display a dialog box for inputing a string
+ */
+int
+dialog_inputbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
+		 const char *init)
+{
+    int i, x, y, box_y, box_x, box_width;
+    int input_x = 0, scroll = 0, key = 0, button = -1;
+    unsigned char *instr = dialog_input_result;
+    WINDOW *dialog;
+
+    /* center dialog box on screen */
+    x = (COLS - width) / 2;
+    y = (LINES - height) / 2;
+
+
+    draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
+
+    dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
+    keypad (dialog, TRUE);
+
+    draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
+    wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
+    mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
+    for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
+	waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
+
+    if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
+	/* truncate long title -- mec */
+	char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
+	memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
+	title2[width-2] = '\0';
+	title = title2;
+    }
+
+    if (title != NULL) {
+	wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
+	mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
+	waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
+	waddch (dialog, ' ');
+    }
+
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3);
+
+    /* Draw the input field box */
+    box_width = width - 6;
+    getyx (dialog, y, x);
+    box_y = y + 2;
+    box_x = (width - box_width) / 2;
+    draw_box (dialog, y + 1, box_x - 1, 3, box_width + 2,
+	      border_attr, dialog_attr);
+
+    print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+
+    /* Set up the initial value */
+    wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x);
+    wattrset (dialog, inputbox_attr);
+
+    if (!init)
+	instr[0] = '\0';
+    else
+	strcpy (instr, init);
+
+    input_x = strlen (instr);
+
+    if (input_x >= box_width) {
+	scroll = input_x - box_width + 1;
+	input_x = box_width - 1;
+	for (i = 0; i < box_width - 1; i++)
+	    waddch (dialog, instr[scroll + i]);
+    } else
+	waddstr (dialog, instr);
+
+    wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x + input_x);
+
+    wrefresh (dialog);
+
+    while (key != ESC) {
+	key = wgetch (dialog);
+
+	if (button == -1) {	/* Input box selected */
+	    switch (key) {
+	    case TAB:
+	    case KEY_UP:
+	    case KEY_DOWN:
+		break;
+	    case KEY_LEFT:
+		continue;
+	    case KEY_RIGHT:
+		continue;
+	    case KEY_BACKSPACE:
+	    case 127:
+		if (input_x || scroll) {
+		    wattrset (dialog, inputbox_attr);
+		    if (!input_x) {
+			scroll = scroll < box_width - 1 ?
+			    0 : scroll - (box_width - 1);
+			wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x);
+			for (i = 0; i < box_width; i++)
+			    waddch (dialog, instr[scroll + input_x + i] ?
+				    instr[scroll + input_x + i] : ' ');
+			input_x = strlen (instr) - scroll;
+		    } else
+			input_x--;
+		    instr[scroll + input_x] = '\0';
+		    mvwaddch (dialog, box_y, input_x + box_x, ' ');
+		    wmove (dialog, box_y, input_x + box_x);
+		    wrefresh (dialog);
+		}
+		continue;
+	    default:
+		if (key < 0x100 && isprint (key)) {
+		    if (scroll + input_x < MAX_LEN) {
+			wattrset (dialog, inputbox_attr);
+			instr[scroll + input_x] = key;
+			instr[scroll + input_x + 1] = '\0';
+			if (input_x == box_width - 1) {
+			    scroll++;
+			    wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x);
+			    for (i = 0; i < box_width - 1; i++)
+				waddch (dialog, instr[scroll + i]);
+			} else {
+			    wmove (dialog, box_y, input_x++ + box_x);
+			    waddch (dialog, key);
+			}
+			wrefresh (dialog);
+		    } else
+			flash ();	/* Alarm user about overflow */
+		    continue;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	switch (key) {
+	case 'O':
+	case 'o':
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    return 0;
+	case 'H':
+	case 'h':
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    return 1;
+	case KEY_UP:
+	case KEY_LEFT:
+	    switch (button) {
+	    case -1:
+		button = 1;	/* Indicates "Cancel" button is selected */
+		print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 1);
+		break;
+	    case 0:
+		button = -1;	/* Indicates input box is selected */
+		print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+		wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x + input_x);
+		wrefresh (dialog);
+		break;
+	    case 1:
+		button = 0;	/* Indicates "OK" button is selected */
+		print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+		break;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case TAB:
+	case KEY_DOWN:
+	case KEY_RIGHT:
+	    switch (button) {
+	    case -1:
+		button = 0;	/* Indicates "OK" button is selected */
+		print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+		break;
+	    case 0:
+		button = 1;	/* Indicates "Cancel" button is selected */
+		print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 1);
+		break;
+	    case 1:
+		button = -1;	/* Indicates input box is selected */
+		print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+		wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x + input_x);
+		wrefresh (dialog);
+		break;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case ' ':
+	case '\n':
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    return (button == -1 ? 0 : button);
+	case 'X':
+	case 'x':
+	    key = ESC;
+	case ESC:
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    delwin (dialog);
+    return -1;			/* ESC pressed */
+}
diff --git a/scripts/lxdialog/lxdialog.c b/scripts/lxdialog/lxdialog.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6f4c1fd4eba5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/lxdialog/lxdialog.c
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/*
+ *  dialog - Display simple dialog boxes from shell scripts
+ *
+ *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+static void Usage (const char *name);
+
+typedef int (jumperFn) (const char *title, int argc, const char * const * argv);
+
+struct Mode {
+    char *name;
+    int argmin, argmax, argmod;
+    jumperFn *jumper;
+};
+
+jumperFn j_menu, j_checklist, j_radiolist, j_yesno, j_textbox, j_inputbox;
+jumperFn j_msgbox, j_infobox;
+
+static struct Mode modes[] =
+{
+    {"--menu", 9, 0, 3, j_menu},
+    {"--checklist", 9, 0, 3, j_checklist},
+    {"--radiolist", 9, 0, 3, j_radiolist},
+    {"--yesno",    5,5,1, j_yesno},
+    {"--textbox",  5,5,1, j_textbox},
+    {"--inputbox", 5, 6, 1, j_inputbox},
+    {"--msgbox", 5, 5, 1, j_msgbox},
+    {"--infobox", 5, 5, 1, j_infobox},
+    {NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL}
+};
+
+static struct Mode *modePtr;
+
+#ifdef LOCALE
+#include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+int
+main (int argc, const char * const * argv)
+{
+    int offset = 0, clear_screen = 0, end_common_opts = 0, retval;
+    const char *title = NULL;
+
+#ifdef LOCALE
+    (void) setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TRACE
+    trace(TRACE_CALLS|TRACE_UPDATE);
+#endif
+    if (argc < 2) {
+	Usage (argv[0]);
+	exit (-1);
+    }
+
+    while (offset < argc - 1 && !end_common_opts) {	/* Common options */
+	if (!strcmp (argv[offset + 1], "--title")) {
+	    if (argc - offset < 3 || title != NULL) {
+		Usage (argv[0]);
+		exit (-1);
+	    } else {
+		title = argv[offset + 2];
+		offset += 2;
+	    }
+        } else if (!strcmp (argv[offset + 1], "--backtitle")) {
+            if (backtitle != NULL) {
+                Usage (argv[0]);
+                exit (-1);
+            } else {
+                backtitle = argv[offset + 2];
+                offset += 2;
+            }
+	} else if (!strcmp (argv[offset + 1], "--clear")) {
+	    if (clear_screen) {	/* Hey, "--clear" can't appear twice! */
+		Usage (argv[0]);
+		exit (-1);
+	    } else if (argc == 2) {	/* we only want to clear the screen */
+		init_dialog ();
+		refresh ();	/* init_dialog() will clear the screen for us */
+		end_dialog ();
+		return 0;
+	    } else {
+		clear_screen = 1;
+		offset++;
+	    }
+	} else			/* no more common options */
+	    end_common_opts = 1;
+    }
+
+    if (argc - 1 == offset) {	/* no more options */
+	Usage (argv[0]);
+	exit (-1);
+    }
+    /* use a table to look for the requested mode, to avoid code duplication */
+
+    for (modePtr = modes; modePtr->name; modePtr++)	/* look for the mode */
+	if (!strcmp (argv[offset + 1], modePtr->name))
+	    break;
+
+    if (!modePtr->name)
+	Usage (argv[0]);
+    if (argc - offset < modePtr->argmin)
+	Usage (argv[0]);
+    if (modePtr->argmax && argc - offset > modePtr->argmax)
+	Usage (argv[0]);
+
+
+
+    init_dialog ();
+    retval = (*(modePtr->jumper)) (title, argc - offset, argv + offset);
+
+    if (clear_screen) {		/* clear screen before exit */
+	attr_clear (stdscr, LINES, COLS, screen_attr);
+	refresh ();
+    }
+    end_dialog();
+
+    exit (retval);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print program usage
+ */
+static void
+Usage (const char *name)
+{
+    fprintf (stderr, "\
+\ndialog, by Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk).\
+\n  patched by Stuart Herbert (S.Herbert@shef.ac.uk)\
+\n  modified/gutted for use as a Linux kernel config tool by \
+\n  William Roadcap (roadcapw@cfw.com)\
+\n\
+\n* Display dialog boxes from shell scripts *\
+\n\
+\nUsage: %s --clear\
+\n       %s [--title <title>] [--backtitle <backtitle>] --clear <Box options>\
+\n\
+\nBox options:\
+\n\
+\n  --menu      <text> <height> <width> <menu height> <tag1> <item1>...\
+\n  --checklist <text> <height> <width> <list height> <tag1> <item1> <status1>...\
+\n  --radiolist <text> <height> <width> <list height> <tag1> <item1> <status1>...\
+\n  --textbox   <file> <height> <width>\
+\n  --inputbox  <text> <height> <width> [<init>]\
+\n  --yesno     <text> <height> <width>\
+\n", name, name);
+    exit (-1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * These are the program jumpers
+ */
+
+int
+j_menu (const char *t, int ac, const char * const * av)
+{
+    return dialog_menu (t, av[2], atoi (av[3]), atoi (av[4]),
+			atoi (av[5]), av[6], (ac - 6) / 2, av + 7);
+}
+
+int
+j_checklist (const char *t, int ac, const char * const * av)
+{
+    return dialog_checklist (t, av[2], atoi (av[3]), atoi (av[4]),
+	atoi (av[5]), (ac - 6) / 3, av + 6, FLAG_CHECK);
+}
+
+int
+j_radiolist (const char *t, int ac, const char * const * av)
+{
+    return dialog_checklist (t, av[2], atoi (av[3]), atoi (av[4]),
+	atoi (av[5]), (ac - 6) / 3, av + 6, FLAG_RADIO);
+}
+
+int
+j_textbox (const char *t, int ac, const char * const * av)
+{
+    return dialog_textbox (t, av[2], atoi (av[3]), atoi (av[4]));
+}
+
+int
+j_yesno (const char *t, int ac, const char * const * av)
+{
+    return dialog_yesno (t, av[2], atoi (av[3]), atoi (av[4]));
+}
+
+int
+j_inputbox (const char *t, int ac, const char * const * av)
+{
+    int ret = dialog_inputbox (t, av[2], atoi (av[3]), atoi (av[4]),
+                            ac == 6 ? av[5] : (char *) NULL);
+    if (ret == 0)
+        fprintf(stderr, dialog_input_result);
+    return ret;
+}
+
+int
+j_msgbox (const char *t, int ac, const char * const * av)
+{
+    return dialog_msgbox (t, av[2], atoi (av[3]), atoi (av[4]), 1);
+}
+
+int
+j_infobox (const char *t, int ac, const char * const * av)
+{
+    return dialog_msgbox (t, av[2], atoi (av[3]), atoi (av[4]), 0);
+}
+
diff --git a/scripts/lxdialog/menubox.c b/scripts/lxdialog/menubox.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d6dc07d4046b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/lxdialog/menubox.c
@@ -0,0 +1,437 @@
+/*
+ *  menubox.c -- implements the menu box
+ *
+ *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcapw@cfw.com)
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  Changes by Clifford Wolf (god@clifford.at)
+ *
+ *  [ 1998-06-13 ]
+ *
+ *    *)  A bugfix for the Page-Down problem
+ *
+ *    *)  Formerly when I used Page Down and Page Up, the cursor would be set 
+ *        to the first position in the menu box.  Now lxdialog is a bit
+ *        smarter and works more like other menu systems (just have a look at
+ *        it).
+ *
+ *    *)  Formerly if I selected something my scrolling would be broken because
+ *        lxdialog is re-invoked by the Menuconfig shell script, can't
+ *        remember the last scrolling position, and just sets it so that the
+ *        cursor is at the bottom of the box.  Now it writes the temporary file
+ *        lxdialog.scrltmp which contains this information. The file is
+ *        deleted by lxdialog if the user leaves a submenu or enters a new
+ *        one, but it would be nice if Menuconfig could make another "rm -f"
+ *        just to be sure.  Just try it out - you will recognise a difference!
+ *
+ *  [ 1998-06-14 ]
+ *
+ *    *)  Now lxdialog is crash-safe against broken "lxdialog.scrltmp" files
+ *        and menus change their size on the fly.
+ *
+ *    *)  If for some reason the last scrolling position is not saved by
+ *        lxdialog, it sets the scrolling so that the selected item is in the
+ *        middle of the menu box, not at the bottom.
+ *
+ * 02 January 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain (mec@shout.net)
+ * Reset 'scroll' to 0 if the value from lxdialog.scrltmp is bogus.
+ * This fixes a bug in Menuconfig where using ' ' to descend into menus
+ * would leave mis-synchronized lxdialog.scrltmp files lying around,
+ * fscanf would read in 'scroll', and eventually that value would get used.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+static int menu_width, item_x;
+
+/*
+ * Print menu item
+ */
+static void
+print_item (WINDOW * win, const char *item, int choice, int selected, int hotkey)
+{
+    int j;
+    char menu_item[menu_width+1];
+
+    strncpy(menu_item, item, menu_width);
+    menu_item[menu_width] = 0;
+    j = first_alpha(menu_item, "YyNnMm");
+
+    /* Clear 'residue' of last item */
+    wattrset (win, menubox_attr);
+    wmove (win, choice, 0);
+#if OLD_NCURSES
+    {
+        int i;
+        for (i = 0; i < menu_width; i++)
+	    waddch (win, ' ');
+    }
+#else
+    wclrtoeol(win);
+#endif
+    wattrset (win, selected ? item_selected_attr : item_attr);
+    mvwaddstr (win, choice, item_x, menu_item);
+    if (hotkey) {
+    	wattrset (win, selected ? tag_key_selected_attr : tag_key_attr);
+    	mvwaddch(win, choice, item_x+j, menu_item[j]);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print the scroll indicators.
+ */
+static void
+print_arrows (WINDOW * win, int item_no, int scroll,
+		int y, int x, int height)
+{
+    int cur_y, cur_x;
+
+    getyx(win, cur_y, cur_x);
+
+    wmove(win, y, x);
+
+    if (scroll > 0) {
+	wattrset (win, uarrow_attr);
+	waddch (win, ACS_UARROW);
+	waddstr (win, "(-)");
+    }
+    else {
+	wattrset (win, menubox_attr);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+    }
+
+   y = y + height + 1;
+   wmove(win, y, x);
+
+   if ((height < item_no) && (scroll + height < item_no)) {
+	wattrset (win, darrow_attr);
+	waddch (win, ACS_DARROW);
+	waddstr (win, "(+)");
+    }
+    else {
+	wattrset (win, menubox_border_attr);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+	waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+   }
+
+   wmove(win, cur_y, cur_x);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display the termination buttons.
+ */
+static void
+print_buttons (WINDOW *win, int height, int width, int selected)
+{
+    int x = width / 2 - 16;
+    int y = height - 2;
+
+    print_button (win, "Select", y, x, selected == 0);
+    print_button (win, " Exit ", y, x + 12, selected == 1);
+    print_button (win, " Help ", y, x + 24, selected == 2);
+
+    wmove(win, y, x+1+12*selected);
+    wrefresh (win);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display a menu for choosing among a number of options
+ */
+int
+dialog_menu (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
+		int menu_height, const char *current, int item_no,
+		const char * const * items)
+
+{
+    int i, j, x, y, box_x, box_y;
+    int key = 0, button = 0, scroll = 0, choice = 0, first_item = 0, max_choice;
+    WINDOW *dialog, *menu;
+    FILE *f;
+
+    max_choice = MIN (menu_height, item_no);
+
+    /* center dialog box on screen */
+    x = (COLS - width) / 2;
+    y = (LINES - height) / 2;
+
+    draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
+
+    dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
+    keypad (dialog, TRUE);
+
+    draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
+    wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
+    mvwaddch (dialog, height - 3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
+    for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
+	waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    wbkgdset (dialog, dialog_attr & A_COLOR);
+    waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
+
+    if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
+	/* truncate long title -- mec */
+	char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
+	memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
+	title2[width-2] = '\0';
+	title = title2;
+    }
+
+    if (title != NULL) {
+	wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
+	mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
+	waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
+	waddch (dialog, ' ');
+    }
+
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3);
+
+    menu_width = width - 6;
+    box_y = height - menu_height - 5;
+    box_x = (width - menu_width) / 2 - 1;
+
+    /* create new window for the menu */
+    menu = subwin (dialog, menu_height, menu_width,
+		y + box_y + 1, x + box_x + 1);
+    keypad (menu, TRUE);
+
+    /* draw a box around the menu items */
+    draw_box (dialog, box_y, box_x, menu_height + 2, menu_width + 2,
+	      menubox_border_attr, menubox_attr);
+
+    /*
+     * Find length of longest item in order to center menu.
+     * Set 'choice' to default item. 
+     */
+    item_x = 0;
+    for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) {
+	item_x = MAX (item_x, MIN(menu_width, strlen (items[i * 2 + 1]) + 2));
+	if (strcmp(current, items[i*2]) == 0) choice = i;
+    }
+
+    item_x = (menu_width - item_x) / 2;
+
+    /* get the scroll info from the temp file */
+    if ( (f=fopen("lxdialog.scrltmp","r")) != NULL ) {
+	if ( (fscanf(f,"%d\n",&scroll) == 1) && (scroll <= choice) &&
+	     (scroll+max_choice > choice) && (scroll >= 0) &&
+	     (scroll+max_choice <= item_no) ) {
+	    first_item = scroll;
+	    choice = choice - scroll;
+	    fclose(f);
+	} else {
+	    scroll=0;
+	    remove("lxdialog.scrltmp");
+	    fclose(f);
+	    f=NULL;
+	}
+    }
+    if ( (choice >= max_choice) || (f==NULL && choice >= max_choice/2) ) {
+	if (choice >= item_no-max_choice/2)
+	    scroll = first_item = item_no-max_choice;
+	else
+	    scroll = first_item = choice - max_choice/2;
+	choice = choice - scroll;
+    }
+
+    /* Print the menu */
+    for (i=0; i < max_choice; i++) {
+	print_item (menu, items[(first_item + i) * 2 + 1], i, i == choice,
+                    (items[(first_item + i)*2][0] != ':'));
+    }
+
+    wnoutrefresh (menu);
+
+    print_arrows(dialog, item_no, scroll,
+		 box_y, box_x+item_x+1, menu_height);
+
+    print_buttons (dialog, height, width, 0);
+
+    while (key != ESC) {
+	key = wgetch(dialog);
+
+	if (key < 256 && isalpha(key)) key = tolower(key);
+
+	if (strchr("ynm", key))
+		i = max_choice;
+	else {
+        for (i = choice+1; i < max_choice; i++) {
+		j = first_alpha(items[(scroll+i)*2+1], "YyNnMm");
+		if (key == tolower(items[(scroll+i)*2+1][j]))
+                	break;
+	}
+	if (i == max_choice)
+       		for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++) {
+			j = first_alpha(items[(scroll+i)*2+1], "YyNnMm");
+			if (key == tolower(items[(scroll+i)*2+1][j]))
+                		break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (i < max_choice || 
+            key == KEY_UP || key == KEY_DOWN ||
+            key == '-' || key == '+' ||
+            key == KEY_PPAGE || key == KEY_NPAGE) {
+
+            print_item (menu, items[(scroll+choice)*2+1], choice, FALSE,
+                       (items[(scroll+choice)*2][0] != ':'));
+
+	    if (key == KEY_UP || key == '-') {
+                if (choice < 2 && scroll) {
+	            /* Scroll menu down */
+                    scrollok (menu, TRUE);
+                    wscrl (menu, -1);
+                    scrollok (menu, FALSE);
+
+                    scroll--;
+
+                    print_item (menu, items[scroll * 2 + 1], 0, FALSE,
+                               (items[scroll*2][0] != ':'));
+		} else
+		    choice = MAX(choice - 1, 0);
+
+	    } else if (key == KEY_DOWN || key == '+')  {
+
+		print_item (menu, items[(scroll+choice)*2+1], choice, FALSE,
+                                (items[(scroll+choice)*2][0] != ':'));
+
+                if ((choice > max_choice-3) &&
+                    (scroll + max_choice < item_no)
+                   ) {
+		    /* Scroll menu up */
+		    scrollok (menu, TRUE);
+                    scroll (menu);
+                    scrollok (menu, FALSE);
+
+                    scroll++;
+
+                    print_item (menu, items[(scroll+max_choice-1)*2+1],
+                               max_choice-1, FALSE,
+                               (items[(scroll+max_choice-1)*2][0] != ':'));
+                } else
+                    choice = MIN(choice+1, max_choice-1);
+
+	    } else if (key == KEY_PPAGE) {
+	        scrollok (menu, TRUE);
+                for (i=0; (i < max_choice); i++) {
+                    if (scroll > 0) {
+                	wscrl (menu, -1);
+                	scroll--;
+                	print_item (menu, items[scroll * 2 + 1], 0, FALSE,
+                	(items[scroll*2][0] != ':'));
+                    } else {
+                        if (choice > 0)
+                            choice--;
+                    }
+                }
+                scrollok (menu, FALSE);
+
+            } else if (key == KEY_NPAGE) {
+                for (i=0; (i < max_choice); i++) {
+                    if (scroll+max_choice < item_no) {
+			scrollok (menu, TRUE);
+			scroll(menu);
+			scrollok (menu, FALSE);
+                	scroll++;
+                	print_item (menu, items[(scroll+max_choice-1)*2+1],
+			            max_choice-1, FALSE,
+			            (items[(scroll+max_choice-1)*2][0] != ':'));
+		    } else {
+			if (choice+1 < max_choice)
+			    choice++;
+		    }
+                }
+
+            } else
+                choice = i;
+
+            print_item (menu, items[(scroll+choice)*2+1], choice, TRUE,
+                       (items[(scroll+choice)*2][0] != ':'));
+
+            print_arrows(dialog, item_no, scroll,
+                         box_y, box_x+item_x+1, menu_height);
+
+            wnoutrefresh (menu);
+            wrefresh (dialog);
+
+	    continue;		/* wait for another key press */
+        }
+
+	switch (key) {
+	case KEY_LEFT:
+	case TAB:
+	case KEY_RIGHT:
+	    button = ((key == KEY_LEFT ? --button : ++button) < 0)
+			? 2 : (button > 2 ? 0 : button);
+
+	    print_buttons(dialog, height, width, button);
+	    wrefresh (dialog);
+	    break;
+	case ' ':
+	case 's':
+	case 'y':
+	case 'n':
+	case 'm':
+	    /* save scroll info */
+	    if ( (f=fopen("lxdialog.scrltmp","w")) != NULL ) {
+		fprintf(f,"%d\n",scroll);
+		fclose(f);
+	    }
+	    delwin (dialog);
+            fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", items[(scroll + choice) * 2]);
+            switch (key) {
+            case 's': return 3;
+            case 'y': return 3;
+            case 'n': return 4;
+            case 'm': return 5;
+            case ' ': return 6;
+            }
+	    return 0;
+	case 'h':
+	case '?':
+	    button = 2;
+	case '\n':
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    if (button == 2) 
+            	fprintf(stderr, "%s \"%s\"\n", 
+			items[(scroll + choice) * 2],
+			items[(scroll + choice) * 2 + 1] +
+			first_alpha(items[(scroll + choice) * 2 + 1],""));
+	    else
+            	fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", items[(scroll + choice) * 2]);
+
+	    remove("lxdialog.scrltmp");
+	    return button;
+	case 'e':
+	case 'x':
+	    key = ESC;
+	case ESC:
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    delwin (dialog);
+    remove("lxdialog.scrltmp");
+    return -1;			/* ESC pressed */
+}
diff --git a/scripts/lxdialog/msgbox.c b/scripts/lxdialog/msgbox.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..93692e1fbcc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/lxdialog/msgbox.c
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*
+ *  msgbox.c -- implements the message box and info box
+ *
+ *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcapw@cfw.com)
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+/*
+ * Display a message box. Program will pause and display an "OK" button
+ * if the parameter 'pause' is non-zero.
+ */
+int
+dialog_msgbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
+		int pause)
+{
+    int i, x, y, key = 0;
+    WINDOW *dialog;
+
+    /* center dialog box on screen */
+    x = (COLS - width) / 2;
+    y = (LINES - height) / 2;
+
+    draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
+
+    dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
+    keypad (dialog, TRUE);
+
+    draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
+
+    if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
+	/* truncate long title -- mec */
+	char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
+	memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
+	title2[width-2] = '\0';
+	title = title2;
+    }
+
+    if (title != NULL) {
+	wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
+	mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
+	waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
+	waddch (dialog, ' ');
+    }
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 2);
+
+    if (pause) {
+	wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
+	mvwaddch (dialog, height - 3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
+	for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
+	    waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
+	wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+	waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
+
+	print_button (dialog, "  Ok  ",
+		      height - 2, width / 2 - 4, TRUE);
+
+	wrefresh (dialog);
+	while (key != ESC && key != '\n' && key != ' ' &&
+               key != 'O' && key != 'o' && key != 'X' && key != 'x')
+	    key = wgetch (dialog);
+    } else {
+	key = '\n';
+	wrefresh (dialog);
+    }
+
+    delwin (dialog);
+    return key == ESC ? -1 : 0;
+}
diff --git a/scripts/lxdialog/textbox.c b/scripts/lxdialog/textbox.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ecf55410e2d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/lxdialog/textbox.c
@@ -0,0 +1,556 @@
+/*
+ *  textbox.c -- implements the text box
+ *
+ *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+static void back_lines (int n);
+static void print_page (WINDOW * win, int height, int width);
+static void print_line (WINDOW * win, int row, int width);
+static char *get_line (void);
+static void print_position (WINDOW * win, int height, int width);
+
+static int hscroll = 0, fd, file_size, bytes_read;
+static int begin_reached = 1, end_reached = 0, page_length;
+static char *buf, *page;
+
+/*
+ * Display text from a file in a dialog box.
+ */
+int
+dialog_textbox (const char *title, const char *file, int height, int width)
+{
+    int i, x, y, cur_x, cur_y, fpos, key = 0;
+    int passed_end;
+    char search_term[MAX_LEN + 1];
+    WINDOW *dialog, *text;
+
+    search_term[0] = '\0';	/* no search term entered yet */
+
+    /* Open input file for reading */
+    if ((fd = open (file, O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
+	endwin ();
+	fprintf (stderr,
+		 "\nCan't open input file in dialog_textbox().\n");
+	exit (-1);
+    }
+    /* Get file size. Actually, 'file_size' is the real file size - 1,
+       since it's only the last byte offset from the beginning */
+    if ((file_size = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_END)) == -1) {
+	endwin ();
+	fprintf (stderr, "\nError getting file size in dialog_textbox().\n");
+	exit (-1);
+    }
+    /* Restore file pointer to beginning of file after getting file size */
+    if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) {
+	endwin ();
+	fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n");
+	exit (-1);
+    }
+    /* Allocate space for read buffer */
+    if ((buf = malloc (BUF_SIZE + 1)) == NULL) {
+	endwin ();
+	fprintf (stderr, "\nCan't allocate memory in dialog_textbox().\n");
+	exit (-1);
+    }
+    if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
+	endwin ();
+	fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in dialog_textbox().\n");
+	exit (-1);
+    }
+    buf[bytes_read] = '\0';	/* mark end of valid data */
+    page = buf;			/* page is pointer to start of page to be displayed */
+
+    /* center dialog box on screen */
+    x = (COLS - width) / 2;
+    y = (LINES - height) / 2;
+
+
+    draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
+
+    dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
+    keypad (dialog, TRUE);
+
+    /* Create window for text region, used for scrolling text */
+    text = subwin (dialog, height - 4, width - 2, y + 1, x + 1);
+    wattrset (text, dialog_attr);
+    wbkgdset (text, dialog_attr & A_COLOR);
+
+    keypad (text, TRUE);
+
+    /* register the new window, along with its borders */
+    draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
+
+    wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
+    mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
+    for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
+	waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    wbkgdset (dialog, dialog_attr & A_COLOR);
+    waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
+
+    if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
+	/* truncate long title -- mec */
+	char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
+	memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
+	title2[width-2] = '\0';
+	title = title2;
+    }
+
+    if (title != NULL) {
+	wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
+	mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
+	waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
+	waddch (dialog, ' ');
+    }
+    print_button (dialog, " Exit ", height - 2, width / 2 - 4, TRUE);
+    wnoutrefresh (dialog);
+    getyx (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);	/* Save cursor position */
+
+    /* Print first page of text */
+    attr_clear (text, height - 4, width - 2, dialog_attr);
+    print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+    print_position (dialog, height, width);
+    wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);	/* Restore cursor position */
+    wrefresh (dialog);
+
+    while ((key != ESC) && (key != '\n')) {
+	key = wgetch (dialog);
+	switch (key) {
+	case 'E':		/* Exit */
+	case 'e':
+	case 'X':
+	case 'x':
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    free (buf);
+	    close (fd);
+	    return 0;
+	case 'g':		/* First page */
+	case KEY_HOME:
+	    if (!begin_reached) {
+		begin_reached = 1;
+		/* First page not in buffer? */
+		if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
+		    endwin ();
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+		      "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n");
+		    exit (-1);
+		}
+		if (fpos > bytes_read) {	/* Yes, we have to read it in */
+		    if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) {
+			endwin ();
+			fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in "
+				 "dialog_textbox().\n");
+			exit (-1);
+		    }
+		    if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
+			endwin ();
+			fprintf (stderr,
+			     "\nError reading file in dialog_textbox().\n");
+			exit (-1);
+		    }
+		    buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
+		}
+		page = buf;
+		print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+		print_position (dialog, height, width);
+		wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);	/* Restore cursor position */
+		wrefresh (dialog);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case 'G':		/* Last page */
+	case KEY_END:
+
+	    end_reached = 1;
+	    /* Last page not in buffer? */
+	    if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
+		endwin ();
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		      "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n");
+		exit (-1);
+	    }
+	    if (fpos < file_size) {	/* Yes, we have to read it in */
+		if (lseek (fd, -BUF_SIZE, SEEK_END) == -1) {
+		    endwin ();
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+		      "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n");
+		    exit (-1);
+		}
+		if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
+		    endwin ();
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+			     "\nError reading file in dialog_textbox().\n");
+		    exit (-1);
+		}
+		buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
+	    }
+	    page = buf + bytes_read;
+	    back_lines (height - 4);
+	    print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+	    print_position (dialog, height, width);
+	    wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);	/* Restore cursor position */
+	    wrefresh (dialog);
+	    break;
+	case 'K':		/* Previous line */
+	case 'k':
+	case KEY_UP:
+	    if (!begin_reached) {
+		back_lines (page_length + 1);
+
+		/* We don't call print_page() here but use scrolling to ensure
+		   faster screen update. However, 'end_reached' and
+		   'page_length' should still be updated, and 'page' should
+		   point to start of next page. This is done by calling
+		   get_line() in the following 'for' loop. */
+		scrollok (text, TRUE);
+		wscrl (text, -1);	/* Scroll text region down one line */
+		scrollok (text, FALSE);
+		page_length = 0;
+		passed_end = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < height - 4; i++) {
+		    if (!i) {
+			/* print first line of page */
+			print_line (text, 0, width - 2);
+			wnoutrefresh (text);
+		    } else
+			/* Called to update 'end_reached' and 'page' */
+			get_line ();
+		    if (!passed_end)
+			page_length++;
+		    if (end_reached && !passed_end)
+			passed_end = 1;
+		}
+
+		print_position (dialog, height, width);
+		wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);	/* Restore cursor position */
+		wrefresh (dialog);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case 'B':		/* Previous page */
+	case 'b':
+	case KEY_PPAGE:
+	    if (begin_reached)
+		break;
+	    back_lines (page_length + height - 4);
+	    print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+	    print_position (dialog, height, width);
+	    wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);
+	    wrefresh (dialog);
+	    break;
+	case 'J':		/* Next line */
+	case 'j':
+	case KEY_DOWN:
+	    if (!end_reached) {
+		begin_reached = 0;
+		scrollok (text, TRUE);
+		scroll (text);	/* Scroll text region up one line */
+		scrollok (text, FALSE);
+		print_line (text, height - 5, width - 2);
+		wnoutrefresh (text);
+		print_position (dialog, height, width);
+		wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);	/* Restore cursor position */
+		wrefresh (dialog);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case KEY_NPAGE:		/* Next page */
+	case ' ':
+	    if (end_reached)
+		break;
+
+	    begin_reached = 0;
+	    print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+	    print_position (dialog, height, width);
+	    wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);
+	    wrefresh (dialog);
+	    break;
+	case '0':		/* Beginning of line */
+	case 'H':		/* Scroll left */
+	case 'h':
+	case KEY_LEFT:
+	    if (hscroll <= 0)
+		break;
+
+	    if (key == '0')
+		hscroll = 0;
+	    else
+		hscroll--;
+	    /* Reprint current page to scroll horizontally */
+	    back_lines (page_length);
+	    print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+	    wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);
+	    wrefresh (dialog);
+	    break;
+	case 'L':		/* Scroll right */
+	case 'l':
+	case KEY_RIGHT:
+	    if (hscroll >= MAX_LEN)
+		break;
+	    hscroll++;
+	    /* Reprint current page to scroll horizontally */
+	    back_lines (page_length);
+	    print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+	    wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);
+	    wrefresh (dialog);
+	    break;
+	case ESC:
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    delwin (dialog);
+    free (buf);
+    close (fd);
+    return -1;			/* ESC pressed */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Go back 'n' lines in text file. Called by dialog_textbox().
+ * 'page' will be updated to point to the desired line in 'buf'.
+ */
+static void
+back_lines (int n)
+{
+    int i, fpos;
+
+    begin_reached = 0;
+    /* We have to distinguish between end_reached and !end_reached
+       since at end of file, the line is not ended by a '\n'.
+       The code inside 'if' basically does a '--page' to move one
+       character backward so as to skip '\n' of the previous line */
+    if (!end_reached) {
+	/* Either beginning of buffer or beginning of file reached? */
+	if (page == buf) {
+	    if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
+		endwin ();
+		fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in "
+			 "back_lines().\n");
+		exit (-1);
+	    }
+	    if (fpos > bytes_read) {	/* Not beginning of file yet */
+		/* We've reached beginning of buffer, but not beginning of
+		   file yet, so read previous part of file into buffer.
+		   Note that we only move backward for BUF_SIZE/2 bytes,
+		   but not BUF_SIZE bytes to avoid re-reading again in
+		   print_page() later */
+		/* Really possible to move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes? */
+		if (fpos < BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read) {
+		    /* No, move less then */
+		    if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) {
+			endwin ();
+			fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in "
+				 "back_lines().\n");
+			exit (-1);
+		    }
+		    page = buf + fpos - bytes_read;
+		} else {	/* Move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes */
+		    if (lseek (fd, -(BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read), SEEK_CUR)
+			== -1) {
+			endwin ();
+			fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer "
+				 "in back_lines().\n");
+			exit (-1);
+		    }
+		    page = buf + BUF_SIZE / 2;
+		}
+		if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
+		    endwin ();
+		    fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in back_lines().\n");
+		    exit (-1);
+		}
+		buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
+	    } else {		/* Beginning of file reached */
+		begin_reached = 1;
+		return;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (*(--page) != '\n') {	/* '--page' here */
+	    /* Something's wrong... */
+	    endwin ();
+	    fprintf (stderr, "\nInternal error in back_lines().\n");
+	    exit (-1);
+	}
+    }
+    /* Go back 'n' lines */
+    for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+	do {
+	    if (page == buf) {
+		if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
+		    endwin ();
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+			  "\nError moving file pointer in back_lines().\n");
+		    exit (-1);
+		}
+		if (fpos > bytes_read) {
+		    /* Really possible to move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes? */
+		    if (fpos < BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read) {
+			/* No, move less then */
+			if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) {
+			    endwin ();
+			    fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer "
+				     "in back_lines().\n");
+			    exit (-1);
+			}
+			page = buf + fpos - bytes_read;
+		    } else {	/* Move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes */
+			if (lseek (fd, -(BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read),
+				   SEEK_CUR) == -1) {
+			    endwin ();
+			    fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer"
+				     " in back_lines().\n");
+			    exit (-1);
+			}
+			page = buf + BUF_SIZE / 2;
+		    }
+		    if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
+			endwin ();
+			fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in "
+				 "back_lines().\n");
+			exit (-1);
+		    }
+		    buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
+		} else {	/* Beginning of file reached */
+		    begin_reached = 1;
+		    return;
+		}
+	    }
+	} while (*(--page) != '\n');
+    page++;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print a new page of text. Called by dialog_textbox().
+ */
+static void
+print_page (WINDOW * win, int height, int width)
+{
+    int i, passed_end = 0;
+
+    page_length = 0;
+    for (i = 0; i < height; i++) {
+	print_line (win, i, width);
+	if (!passed_end)
+	    page_length++;
+	if (end_reached && !passed_end)
+	    passed_end = 1;
+    }
+    wnoutrefresh (win);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print a new line of text. Called by dialog_textbox() and print_page().
+ */
+static void
+print_line (WINDOW * win, int row, int width)
+{
+    int y, x;
+    char *line;
+
+    line = get_line ();
+    line += MIN (strlen (line), hscroll);	/* Scroll horizontally */
+    wmove (win, row, 0);	/* move cursor to correct line */
+    waddch (win, ' ');
+    waddnstr (win, line, MIN (strlen (line), width - 2));
+
+    getyx (win, y, x);
+    /* Clear 'residue' of previous line */
+#if OLD_NCURSES
+    {
+        int i;
+        for (i = 0; i < width - x; i++)
+	    waddch (win, ' ');
+    }
+#else
+    wclrtoeol(win);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return current line of text. Called by dialog_textbox() and print_line().
+ * 'page' should point to start of current line before calling, and will be
+ * updated to point to start of next line.
+ */
+static char *
+get_line (void)
+{
+    int i = 0, fpos;
+    static char line[MAX_LEN + 1];
+
+    end_reached = 0;
+    while (*page != '\n') {
+	if (*page == '\0') {
+	    /* Either end of file or end of buffer reached */
+	    if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
+		endwin ();
+		fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in "
+			 "get_line().\n");
+		exit (-1);
+	    }
+	    if (fpos < file_size) {	/* Not end of file yet */
+		/* We've reached end of buffer, but not end of file yet,
+		   so read next part of file into buffer */
+		if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
+		    endwin ();
+		    fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in get_line().\n");
+		    exit (-1);
+		}
+		buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
+		page = buf;
+	    } else {
+		if (!end_reached)
+		    end_reached = 1;
+		break;
+	    }
+	} else if (i < MAX_LEN)
+	    line[i++] = *(page++);
+	else {
+	    /* Truncate lines longer than MAX_LEN characters */
+	    if (i == MAX_LEN)
+		line[i++] = '\0';
+	    page++;
+	}
+    }
+    if (i <= MAX_LEN)
+	line[i] = '\0';
+    if (!end_reached)
+	page++;			/* move pass '\n' */
+
+    return line;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print current position
+ */
+static void
+print_position (WINDOW * win, int height, int width)
+{
+    int fpos, percent;
+
+    if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
+	endwin ();
+	fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in print_position().\n");
+	exit (-1);
+    }
+    wattrset (win, position_indicator_attr);
+    wbkgdset (win, position_indicator_attr & A_COLOR);
+    percent = !file_size ?
+	100 : ((fpos - bytes_read + page - buf) * 100) / file_size;
+    wmove (win, height - 3, width - 9);
+    wprintw (win, "(%3d%%)", percent);
+}
diff --git a/scripts/lxdialog/util.c b/scripts/lxdialog/util.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b3a7af9d2dda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/lxdialog/util.c
@@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
+/*
+ *  util.c
+ *
+ *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+
+/* use colors by default? */
+bool use_colors = 1;
+
+const char *backtitle = NULL;
+
+const char *dialog_result;
+
+/* 
+ * Attribute values, default is for mono display
+ */
+chtype attributes[] =
+{
+    A_NORMAL,			/* screen_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* shadow_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* dialog_attr */
+    A_BOLD,			/* title_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* border_attr */
+    A_REVERSE,			/* button_active_attr */
+    A_DIM,			/* button_inactive_attr */
+    A_REVERSE,			/* button_key_active_attr */
+    A_BOLD,			/* button_key_inactive_attr */
+    A_REVERSE,			/* button_label_active_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* button_label_inactive_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* inputbox_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* inputbox_border_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* searchbox_attr */
+    A_BOLD,			/* searchbox_title_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* searchbox_border_attr */
+    A_BOLD,			/* position_indicator_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* menubox_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* menubox_border_attr */
+    A_NORMAL,			/* item_attr */
+    A_REVERSE,			/* item_selected_attr */
+    A_BOLD,			/* tag_attr */
+    A_REVERSE,			/* tag_selected_attr */
+    A_BOLD,			/* tag_key_attr */
+    A_REVERSE,			/* tag_key_selected_attr */
+    A_BOLD,			/* check_attr */
+    A_REVERSE,			/* check_selected_attr */
+    A_BOLD,			/* uarrow_attr */
+    A_BOLD			/* darrow_attr */
+};
+
+
+#include "colors.h"
+
+/*
+ * Table of color values
+ */
+int color_table[][3] =
+{
+    {SCREEN_FG, SCREEN_BG, SCREEN_HL},
+    {SHADOW_FG, SHADOW_BG, SHADOW_HL},
+    {DIALOG_FG, DIALOG_BG, DIALOG_HL},
+    {TITLE_FG, TITLE_BG, TITLE_HL},
+    {BORDER_FG, BORDER_BG, BORDER_HL},
+    {BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_ACTIVE_HL},
+    {BUTTON_INACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_INACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_INACTIVE_HL},
+    {BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_HL},
+    {BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_HL},
+    {BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_HL},
+    {BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_BG,
+     BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_HL},
+    {INPUTBOX_FG, INPUTBOX_BG, INPUTBOX_HL},
+    {INPUTBOX_BORDER_FG, INPUTBOX_BORDER_BG, INPUTBOX_BORDER_HL},
+    {SEARCHBOX_FG, SEARCHBOX_BG, SEARCHBOX_HL},
+    {SEARCHBOX_TITLE_FG, SEARCHBOX_TITLE_BG, SEARCHBOX_TITLE_HL},
+    {SEARCHBOX_BORDER_FG, SEARCHBOX_BORDER_BG, SEARCHBOX_BORDER_HL},
+    {POSITION_INDICATOR_FG, POSITION_INDICATOR_BG, POSITION_INDICATOR_HL},
+    {MENUBOX_FG, MENUBOX_BG, MENUBOX_HL},
+    {MENUBOX_BORDER_FG, MENUBOX_BORDER_BG, MENUBOX_BORDER_HL},
+    {ITEM_FG, ITEM_BG, ITEM_HL},
+    {ITEM_SELECTED_FG, ITEM_SELECTED_BG, ITEM_SELECTED_HL},
+    {TAG_FG, TAG_BG, TAG_HL},
+    {TAG_SELECTED_FG, TAG_SELECTED_BG, TAG_SELECTED_HL},
+    {TAG_KEY_FG, TAG_KEY_BG, TAG_KEY_HL},
+    {TAG_KEY_SELECTED_FG, TAG_KEY_SELECTED_BG, TAG_KEY_SELECTED_HL},
+    {CHECK_FG, CHECK_BG, CHECK_HL},
+    {CHECK_SELECTED_FG, CHECK_SELECTED_BG, CHECK_SELECTED_HL},
+    {UARROW_FG, UARROW_BG, UARROW_HL},
+    {DARROW_FG, DARROW_BG, DARROW_HL},
+};				/* color_table */
+
+/*
+ * Set window to attribute 'attr'
+ */
+void
+attr_clear (WINDOW * win, int height, int width, chtype attr)
+{
+    int i, j;
+
+    wattrset (win, attr);
+    for (i = 0; i < height; i++) {
+	wmove (win, i, 0);
+	for (j = 0; j < width; j++)
+	    waddch (win, ' ');
+    }
+    touchwin (win);
+}
+
+void dialog_clear (void)
+{
+    attr_clear (stdscr, LINES, COLS, screen_attr);
+    /* Display background title if it exists ... - SLH */
+    if (backtitle != NULL) {
+        int i;
+
+        wattrset (stdscr, screen_attr);
+        mvwaddstr (stdscr, 0, 1, (char *)backtitle);
+        wmove (stdscr, 1, 1);
+        for (i = 1; i < COLS - 1; i++)
+            waddch (stdscr, ACS_HLINE);
+    }
+    wnoutrefresh (stdscr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Do some initialization for dialog
+ */
+void
+init_dialog (void)
+{
+    initscr ();			/* Init curses */
+    keypad (stdscr, TRUE);
+    cbreak ();
+    noecho ();
+
+
+    if (use_colors)	/* Set up colors */
+	color_setup ();
+
+
+    dialog_clear ();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Setup for color display
+ */
+void
+color_setup (void)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    if (has_colors ()) {	/* Terminal supports color? */
+	start_color ();
+
+	/* Initialize color pairs */
+	for (i = 0; i < ATTRIBUTE_COUNT; i++)
+	    init_pair (i + 1, color_table[i][0], color_table[i][1]);
+
+	/* Setup color attributes */
+	for (i = 0; i < ATTRIBUTE_COUNT; i++)
+	    attributes[i] = C_ATTR (color_table[i][2], i + 1);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * End using dialog functions.
+ */
+void
+end_dialog (void)
+{
+    endwin ();
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Print a string of text in a window, automatically wrap around to the
+ * next line if the string is too long to fit on one line. Newline
+ * characters '\n' are replaced by spaces.  We start on a new line
+ * if there is no room for at least 4 nonblanks following a double-space.
+ */
+void
+print_autowrap (WINDOW * win, const char *prompt, int width, int y, int x)
+{
+    int newl, cur_x, cur_y;
+    int i, prompt_len, room, wlen;
+    char tempstr[MAX_LEN + 1], *word, *sp, *sp2;
+
+    strcpy (tempstr, prompt);
+
+    prompt_len = strlen(tempstr);
+	
+    /*
+     * Remove newlines
+     */
+    for(i=0; i<prompt_len; i++) {
+	if(tempstr[i] == '\n') tempstr[i] = ' ';
+    }
+
+    if (prompt_len <= width - x * 2) {	/* If prompt is short */
+	wmove (win, y, (width - prompt_len) / 2);
+	waddstr (win, tempstr);
+    } else {
+	cur_x = x;
+	cur_y = y;
+	newl = 1;
+	word = tempstr;
+	while (word && *word) {
+	    sp = index(word, ' ');
+	    if (sp)
+	        *sp++ = 0;
+
+	    /* Wrap to next line if either the word does not fit,
+	       or it is the first word of a new sentence, and it is
+	       short, and the next word does not fit. */
+	    room = width - cur_x;
+	    wlen = strlen(word);
+	    if (wlen > room ||
+	       (newl && wlen < 4 && sp && wlen+1+strlen(sp) > room
+		     && (!(sp2 = index(sp, ' ')) || wlen+1+(sp2-sp) > room))) {
+		cur_y++;
+		cur_x = x;
+	    }
+	    wmove (win, cur_y, cur_x);
+	    waddstr (win, word);
+	    getyx (win, cur_y, cur_x);
+	    cur_x++;
+	    if (sp && *sp == ' ') {
+	        cur_x++;	/* double space */
+		while (*++sp == ' ');
+		newl = 1;
+	    } else
+	        newl = 0;
+	    word = sp;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print a button
+ */
+void
+print_button (WINDOW * win, const char *label, int y, int x, int selected)
+{
+    int i, temp;
+
+    wmove (win, y, x);
+    wattrset (win, selected ? button_active_attr : button_inactive_attr);
+    waddstr (win, "<");
+    temp = strspn (label, " ");
+    label += temp;
+    wattrset (win, selected ? button_label_active_attr
+	      : button_label_inactive_attr);
+    for (i = 0; i < temp; i++)
+	waddch (win, ' ');
+    wattrset (win, selected ? button_key_active_attr
+	      : button_key_inactive_attr);
+    waddch (win, label[0]);
+    wattrset (win, selected ? button_label_active_attr
+	      : button_label_inactive_attr);
+    waddstr (win, (char *)label + 1);
+    wattrset (win, selected ? button_active_attr : button_inactive_attr);
+    waddstr (win, ">");
+    wmove (win, y, x + temp + 1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Draw a rectangular box with line drawing characters
+ */
+void
+draw_box (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width,
+	  chtype box, chtype border)
+{
+    int i, j;
+
+    wattrset (win, 0);
+    for (i = 0; i < height; i++) {
+	wmove (win, y + i, x);
+	for (j = 0; j < width; j++)
+	    if (!i && !j)
+		waddch (win, border | ACS_ULCORNER);
+	    else if (i == height - 1 && !j)
+		waddch (win, border | ACS_LLCORNER);
+	    else if (!i && j == width - 1)
+		waddch (win, box | ACS_URCORNER);
+	    else if (i == height - 1 && j == width - 1)
+		waddch (win, box | ACS_LRCORNER);
+	    else if (!i)
+		waddch (win, border | ACS_HLINE);
+	    else if (i == height - 1)
+		waddch (win, box | ACS_HLINE);
+	    else if (!j)
+		waddch (win, border | ACS_VLINE);
+	    else if (j == width - 1)
+		waddch (win, box | ACS_VLINE);
+	    else
+		waddch (win, box | ' ');
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Draw shadows along the right and bottom edge to give a more 3D look
+ * to the boxes
+ */
+void
+draw_shadow (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    if (has_colors ()) {	/* Whether terminal supports color? */
+	wattrset (win, shadow_attr);
+	wmove (win, y + height, x + 2);
+	for (i = 0; i < width; i++)
+	    waddch (win, winch (win) & A_CHARTEXT);
+	for (i = y + 1; i < y + height + 1; i++) {
+	    wmove (win, i, x + width);
+	    waddch (win, winch (win) & A_CHARTEXT);
+	    waddch (win, winch (win) & A_CHARTEXT);
+	}
+	wnoutrefresh (win);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *  Return the position of the first alphabetic character in a string.
+ */
+int
+first_alpha(const char *string, const char *exempt)
+{
+	int i, in_paren=0, c;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < strlen(string); i++) {
+		c = tolower(string[i]);
+
+		if (strchr("<[(", c)) ++in_paren;
+		if (strchr(">])", c)) --in_paren;
+
+		if ((! in_paren) && isalpha(c) && 
+		     strchr(exempt, c) == 0)
+			return i;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/scripts/lxdialog/yesno.c b/scripts/lxdialog/yesno.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..11fcc25f5159
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/lxdialog/yesno.c
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/*
+ *  yesno.c -- implements the yes/no box
+ *
+ *  ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *  MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ *  as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ *  of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+/*
+ * Display termination buttons
+ */
+static void
+print_buttons(WINDOW *dialog, int height, int width, int selected)
+{
+    int x = width / 2 - 10;
+    int y = height - 2;
+
+    print_button (dialog, " Yes ", y, x, selected == 0);
+    print_button (dialog, "  No  ", y, x + 13, selected == 1);
+
+    wmove(dialog, y, x+1 + 13*selected );
+    wrefresh (dialog);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display a dialog box with two buttons - Yes and No
+ */
+int
+dialog_yesno (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width)
+{
+    int i, x, y, key = 0, button = 0;
+    WINDOW *dialog;
+
+    /* center dialog box on screen */
+    x = (COLS - width) / 2;
+    y = (LINES - height) / 2;
+
+    draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
+
+    dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
+    keypad (dialog, TRUE);
+
+    draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
+    wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
+    mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
+    for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
+	waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
+
+    if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
+	/* truncate long title -- mec */
+	char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
+	memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
+	title2[width-2] = '\0';
+	title = title2;
+    }
+
+    if (title != NULL) {
+	wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
+	mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
+	waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
+	waddch (dialog, ' ');
+    }
+
+    wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+    print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3);
+
+    print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+
+    while (key != ESC) {
+	key = wgetch (dialog);
+	switch (key) {
+	case 'Y':
+	case 'y':
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    return 0;
+	case 'N':
+	case 'n':
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    return 1;
+
+	case TAB:
+	case KEY_LEFT:
+	case KEY_RIGHT:
+	    button = ((key == KEY_LEFT ? --button : ++button) < 0)
+			? 1 : (button > 1 ? 0 : button);
+
+	    print_buttons(dialog, height, width, button);
+	    wrefresh (dialog);
+	    break;
+	case ' ':
+	case '\n':
+	    delwin (dialog);
+	    return button;
+	case ESC:
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    delwin (dialog);
+    return -1;			/* ESC pressed */
+}
diff --git a/scripts/makelst b/scripts/makelst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f341229df566
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/makelst
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# A script to dump mixed source code & assembly
+# with correct relocations from System.map
+# Requires the following lines in Rules.make.
+#
+#%.lst: %.c
+#	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(EXTRA_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS_$@) -g -c -o $*.o $<
+#	$(TOPDIR)/scripts/makelst $* $(TOPDIR) $(OBJDUMP)
+#
+#    Copyright (C) 2000 IBM Corporation
+#    Author(s): DJ Barrow (djbarrow@de.ibm.com,barrow_dj@yahoo.com) 
+#
+
+t1=`$3 --syms $2/$1.o | grep .text | grep " F " | head -n 1`
+t2=`echo $t1 | gawk '{ print $6 }'`
+t3=`grep $t2 $2/System.map`
+t4=`echo $t3 | gawk '{ print $1 }'`
+t5=`echo $t1 | gawk '{ print $1 }'`
+t6=`echo $t4 - $t5 | sed s/a/A/g | sed s/b/B/g | sed s/c/C/g | sed s/d/D/g | sed s/e/E/g | sed s/f/F/g`
+t7=`( echo  ibase=16 ; echo $t6 ) | bc`
+$3 --source --adjust-vma=$t7 $2/$1.o > $2/$1.lst
diff --git a/scripts/mkdep.c b/scripts/mkdep.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4c0e7521d42e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/mkdep.c
@@ -0,0 +1,562 @@
+/*
+ * Originally by Linus Torvalds.
+ * Smart CONFIG_* processing by Werner Almesberger, Michael Chastain.
+ *
+ * Usage: mkdep file ...
+ * 
+ * Read source files and output makefile dependency lines for them.
+ * I make simple dependency lines for #include <*.h> and #include "*.h".
+ * I also find instances of CONFIG_FOO and generate dependencies
+ *    like include/config/foo.h.
+ *
+ * 1 August 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain, <mec@shout.net>
+ * - Keith Owens reported a bug in smart config processing.  There used
+ *   to be an optimization for "#define CONFIG_FOO ... #ifdef CONFIG_FOO",
+ *   so that the file would not depend on CONFIG_FOO because the file defines
+ *   this symbol itself.  But this optimization is bogus!  Consider this code:
+ *   "#if 0 \n #define CONFIG_FOO \n #endif ... #ifdef CONFIG_FOO".  Here
+ *   the definition is inactivated, but I still used it.  It turns out this
+ *   actually happens a few times in the kernel source.  The simple way to
+ *   fix this problem is to remove this particular optimization.
+ *
+ * 2.3.99-pre1, Andrew Morton <andrewm@uow.edu.au>
+ * - Changed so that 'filename.o' depends upon 'filename.[cS]'.  This is so that
+ *   missing source files are noticed, rather than silently ignored.
+ */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <sys/fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+
+
+char __depname[512] = "\n\t@touch ";
+#define depname (__depname+9)
+int hasdep;
+
+struct path_struct {
+	int len;
+	char buffer[256-sizeof(int)];
+} path_array[2] = {
+	{  0, "" },
+	{  0, "" }
+};
+
+
+/* Current input file */
+static const char *g_filename;
+
+/*
+ * This records all the configuration options seen.
+ * In perl this would be a hash, but here it's a long string
+ * of values separated by newlines.  This is simple and
+ * extremely fast.
+ */
+char * str_config  = NULL;
+int    size_config = 0;
+int    len_config  = 0;
+
+static void
+do_depname(void)
+{
+	if (!hasdep) {
+		hasdep = 1;
+		printf("%s:", depname);
+		if (g_filename)
+			printf(" %s", g_filename);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Grow the configuration string to a desired length.
+ * Usually the first growth is plenty.
+ */
+void grow_config(int len)
+{
+	while (len_config + len > size_config) {
+		if (size_config == 0)
+			size_config = 2048;
+		str_config = realloc(str_config, size_config *= 2);
+		if (str_config == NULL)
+			{ perror("malloc config"); exit(1); }
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Lookup a value in the configuration string.
+ */
+int is_defined_config(const char * name, int len)
+{
+	const char * pconfig;
+	const char * plast = str_config + len_config - len;
+	for ( pconfig = str_config + 1; pconfig < plast; pconfig++ ) {
+		if (pconfig[ -1] == '\n'
+		&&  pconfig[len] == '\n'
+		&&  !memcmp(pconfig, name, len))
+			return 1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Add a new value to the configuration string.
+ */
+void define_config(const char * name, int len)
+{
+	grow_config(len + 1);
+
+	memcpy(str_config+len_config, name, len);
+	len_config += len;
+	str_config[len_config++] = '\n';
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Clear the set of configuration strings.
+ */
+void clear_config(void)
+{
+	len_config = 0;
+	define_config("", 0);
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * This records all the precious .h filenames.  No need for a hash,
+ * it's a long string of values enclosed in tab and newline.
+ */
+char * str_precious  = NULL;
+int    size_precious = 0;
+int    len_precious  = 0;
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Grow the precious string to a desired length.
+ * Usually the first growth is plenty.
+ */
+void grow_precious(int len)
+{
+	while (len_precious + len > size_precious) {
+		if (size_precious == 0)
+			size_precious = 2048;
+		str_precious = realloc(str_precious, size_precious *= 2);
+		if (str_precious == NULL)
+			{ perror("malloc"); exit(1); }
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Add a new value to the precious string.
+ */
+void define_precious(const char * filename)
+{
+	int len = strlen(filename);
+	grow_precious(len + 4);
+	*(str_precious+len_precious++) = '\t';
+	memcpy(str_precious+len_precious, filename, len);
+	len_precious += len;
+	memcpy(str_precious+len_precious, " \\\n", 3);
+	len_precious += 3;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Handle an #include line.
+ */
+void handle_include(int type, const char * name, int len)
+{
+	struct path_struct *path = path_array+type;
+
+	if (len == 14 && !memcmp(name, "linux/config.h", len))
+		return;
+
+	if (len >= 7 && !memcmp(name, "config/", 7))
+		define_config(name+7, len-7-2);
+
+	memcpy(path->buffer+path->len, name, len);
+	path->buffer[path->len+len] = '\0';
+	if (access(path->buffer, F_OK) != 0)
+		return;
+
+	do_depname();
+	printf(" \\\n   %s", path->buffer);
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Record the use of a CONFIG_* word.
+ */
+void use_config(const char * name, int len)
+{
+	char *pc;
+	int i;
+
+	pc = path_array[0].buffer + path_array[0].len;
+	memcpy(pc, "config/", 7);
+	pc += 7;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+	    char c = name[i];
+	    if (isupper(c)) c = tolower(c);
+	    if (c == '_')   c = '/';
+	    pc[i] = c;
+	}
+	pc[len] = '\0';
+
+	if (is_defined_config(pc, len))
+	    return;
+
+	define_config(pc, len);
+
+	do_depname();
+	printf(" \\\n   $(wildcard %s.h)", path_array[0].buffer);
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Macros for stunningly fast map-based character access.
+ * __buf is a register which holds the current word of the input.
+ * Thus, there is one memory access per sizeof(unsigned long) characters.
+ */
+
+#if defined(__alpha__) || defined(__i386__) || defined(__ia64__) || defined(__MIPSEL__)	\
+    || defined(__arm__)
+#define LE_MACHINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LE_MACHINE
+#define next_byte(x) (x >>= 8)
+#define current ((unsigned char) __buf)
+#else
+#define next_byte(x) (x <<= 8)
+#define current (__buf >> 8*(sizeof(unsigned long)-1))
+#endif
+
+#define GETNEXT { \
+	next_byte(__buf); \
+	if ((unsigned long) next % sizeof(unsigned long) == 0) { \
+		if (next >= end) \
+			break; \
+		__buf = * (unsigned long *) next; \
+	} \
+	next++; \
+}
+
+/*
+ * State machine macros.
+ */
+#define CASE(c,label) if (current == c) goto label
+#define NOTCASE(c,label) if (current != c) goto label
+
+/*
+ * Yet another state machine speedup.
+ */
+#define MAX2(a,b) ((a)>(b)?(a):(b))
+#define MIN2(a,b) ((a)<(b)?(a):(b))
+#define MAX5(a,b,c,d,e) (MAX2(a,MAX2(b,MAX2(c,MAX2(d,e)))))
+#define MIN5(a,b,c,d,e) (MIN2(a,MIN2(b,MIN2(c,MIN2(d,e)))))
+
+
+
+/*
+ * The state machine looks for (approximately) these Perl regular expressions:
+ *
+ *    m|\/\*.*?\*\/|
+ *    m|\/\/.*|
+ *    m|'.*?'|
+ *    m|".*?"|
+ *    m|#\s*include\s*"(.*?)"|
+ *    m|#\s*include\s*<(.*?>"|
+ *    m|#\s*(?define|undef)\s*CONFIG_(\w*)|
+ *    m|(?!\w)CONFIG_|
+ *
+ * About 98% of the CPU time is spent here, and most of that is in
+ * the 'start' paragraph.  Because the current characters are
+ * in a register, the start loop usually eats 4 or 8 characters
+ * per memory read.  The MAX5 and MIN5 tests dispose of most
+ * input characters with 1 or 2 comparisons.
+ */
+void state_machine(const char * map, const char * end)
+{
+	const char * next = map;
+	const char * map_dot;
+	unsigned long __buf = 0;
+
+	for (;;) {
+start:
+	GETNEXT
+__start:
+	if (current > MAX5('/','\'','"','#','C')) goto start;
+	if (current < MIN5('/','\'','"','#','C')) goto start;
+	CASE('/',  slash);
+	CASE('\'', squote);
+	CASE('"',  dquote);
+	CASE('#',  pound);
+	CASE('C',  cee);
+	goto start;
+
+/* // */
+slash_slash:
+	GETNEXT
+	CASE('\n', start);
+	NOTCASE('\\', slash_slash);
+	GETNEXT
+	goto slash_slash;
+
+/* / */
+slash:
+	GETNEXT
+	CASE('/',  slash_slash);
+	NOTCASE('*', __start);
+slash_star_dot_star:
+	GETNEXT
+__slash_star_dot_star:
+	NOTCASE('*', slash_star_dot_star);
+	GETNEXT
+	NOTCASE('/', __slash_star_dot_star);
+	goto start;
+
+/* '.*?' */
+squote:
+	GETNEXT
+	CASE('\'', start);
+	NOTCASE('\\', squote);
+	GETNEXT
+	goto squote;
+
+/* ".*?" */
+dquote:
+	GETNEXT
+	CASE('"', start);
+	NOTCASE('\\', dquote);
+	GETNEXT
+	goto dquote;
+
+/* #\s* */
+pound:
+	GETNEXT
+	CASE(' ',  pound);
+	CASE('\t', pound);
+	CASE('i',  pound_i);
+	CASE('d',  pound_d);
+	CASE('u',  pound_u);
+	goto __start;
+
+/* #\s*i */
+pound_i:
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('n', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('c', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('l', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('u', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('d', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('e', __start);
+	goto pound_include;
+
+/* #\s*include\s* */
+pound_include:
+	GETNEXT
+	CASE(' ',  pound_include);
+	CASE('\t', pound_include);
+	map_dot = next;
+	CASE('"',  pound_include_dquote);
+	CASE('<',  pound_include_langle);
+	goto __start;
+
+/* #\s*include\s*"(.*)" */
+pound_include_dquote:
+	GETNEXT
+	CASE('\n', start);
+	NOTCASE('"', pound_include_dquote);
+	handle_include(1, map_dot, next - map_dot - 1);
+	goto start;
+
+/* #\s*include\s*<(.*)> */
+pound_include_langle:
+	GETNEXT
+	CASE('\n', start);
+	NOTCASE('>', pound_include_langle);
+	handle_include(0, map_dot, next - map_dot - 1);
+	goto start;
+
+/* #\s*d */
+pound_d:
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('e', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('f', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('i', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('n', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('e', __start);
+	goto pound_define_undef;
+
+/* #\s*u */
+pound_u:
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('n', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('d', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('e', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('f', __start);
+	goto pound_define_undef;
+
+/*
+ * #\s*(define|undef)\s*CONFIG_(\w*)
+ *
+ * this does not define the word, because it could be inside another
+ * conditional (#if 0).  But I do parse the word so that this instance
+ * does not count as a use.  -- mec
+ */
+pound_define_undef:
+	GETNEXT
+	CASE(' ',  pound_define_undef);
+	CASE('\t', pound_define_undef);
+
+	        NOTCASE('C', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('O', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('N', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('F', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('I', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('G', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('_', __start);
+
+	map_dot = next;
+pound_define_undef_CONFIG_word:
+	GETNEXT
+	if (isalnum(current) || current == '_')
+		goto pound_define_undef_CONFIG_word;
+	goto __start;
+
+/* \<CONFIG_(\w*) */
+cee:
+	if (next >= map+2 && (isalnum(next[-2]) || next[-2] == '_'))
+		goto start;
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('O', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('N', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('F', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('I', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('G', __start);
+	GETNEXT NOTCASE('_', __start);
+
+	map_dot = next;
+cee_CONFIG_word:
+	GETNEXT
+	if (isalnum(current) || current == '_')
+		goto cee_CONFIG_word;
+	use_config(map_dot, next - map_dot - 1);
+	goto __start;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Generate dependencies for one file.
+ */
+void do_depend(const char * filename, const char * command)
+{
+	int mapsize;
+	int pagesizem1 = getpagesize()-1;
+	int fd;
+	struct stat st;
+	char * map;
+
+	fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY);
+	if (fd < 0) {
+		perror(filename);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	fstat(fd, &st);
+	if (st.st_size == 0) {
+		fprintf(stderr,"%s is empty\n",filename);
+		close(fd);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	mapsize = st.st_size;
+	mapsize = (mapsize+pagesizem1) & ~pagesizem1;
+	map = mmap(NULL, mapsize, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
+	if ((long) map == -1) {
+		perror("mkdep: mmap");
+		close(fd);
+		return;
+	}
+	if ((unsigned long) map % sizeof(unsigned long) != 0)
+	{
+		fprintf(stderr, "do_depend: map not aligned\n");
+		exit(1);
+	}
+
+	hasdep = 0;
+	clear_config();
+	state_machine(map, map+st.st_size);
+	if (hasdep) {
+		puts(command);
+		if (*command)
+			define_precious(filename);
+	}
+
+	munmap(map, mapsize);
+	close(fd);
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Generate dependencies for all files.
+ */
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int len;
+	char *hpath;
+
+	hpath = getenv("HPATH");
+	if (!hpath) {
+		fputs("mkdep: HPATH not set in environment.  "
+		      "Don't bypass the top level Makefile.\n", stderr);
+		return 1;
+	}
+	len = strlen(hpath);
+	memcpy(path_array[0].buffer, hpath, len);
+	if (len && hpath[len-1] != '/')
+		path_array[0].buffer[len++] = '/';
+	path_array[0].buffer[len] = '\0';
+	path_array[0].len = len;
+
+	while (--argc > 0) {
+		const char * filename = *++argv;
+		const char * command  = __depname;
+		g_filename = 0;
+		len = strlen(filename);
+		memcpy(depname, filename, len+1);
+		if (len > 2 && filename[len-2] == '.') {
+			if (filename[len-1] == 'c' || filename[len-1] == 'S') {
+			    depname[len-1] = 'o';
+			    g_filename = filename;
+			    command = "";
+			}
+		}
+		do_depend(filename, command);
+	}
+	if (len_precious) {
+		*(str_precious+len_precious) = '\0';
+		printf(".PRECIOUS:%s\n", str_precious);
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/scripts/patch-kernel b/scripts/patch-kernel
new file mode 100755
index 000000000000..328c01b080a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/patch-kernel
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Script to apply kernel patches.
+#   usage: patch-kernel [ sourcedir [ patchdir [ stopversion ] ] ]
+#     The source directory defaults to /usr/src/linux, and the patch
+#     directory defaults to the current directory.
+#
+# It determines the current kernel version from the top-level Makefile.
+# It then looks for patches for the next sublevel in the patch directory.
+# This is applied using "patch -p1 -s" from within the kernel directory.
+# A check is then made for "*.rej" files to see if the patch was
+# successful.  If it is, then all of the "*.orig" files are removed.
+#
+#       Nick Holloway <Nick.Holloway@alfie.demon.co.uk>, 2nd January 1995.
+#
+# Added support for handling multiple types of compression. What includes
+# gzip, bzip, bzip2, zip, compress, and plaintext. 
+#
+#       Adam Sulmicki <adam@cfar.umd.edu>, 1st January 1997.
+#
+# Added ability to stop at a given version number
+# Put the full version number (i.e. 2.3.31) as the last parameter
+#       Dave Gilbert <linux@treblig.org>, 11th December 1999.
+
+# Set directories from arguments, or use defaults.
+sourcedir=${1-/usr/src/linux}
+patchdir=${2-.}
+stopvers=${3-imnotaversion}
+
+# set current VERSION, PATCHLEVEL, SUBLEVEL
+eval `sed -n 's/^\([A-Z]*\) = \([0-9]*\)$/\1=\2/p' $sourcedir/Makefile`
+if [ -z "$VERSION" -o -z "$PATCHLEVEL" -o -z "$SUBLEVEL" ]
+then
+    echo "unable to determine current kernel version" >&2
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+echo "Current kernel version is $VERSION.$PATCHLEVEL.$SUBLEVEL"
+
+while :
+do
+    SUBLEVEL=`expr $SUBLEVEL + 1`
+    FULLVERSION="$VERSION.$PATCHLEVEL.$SUBLEVEL"
+
+    patch=patch-$FULLVERSION
+    if [ -r $patchdir/${patch}.gz ]; then
+        ext=".gz"
+        name="gzip"
+        uncomp="gunzip -dc"
+    elif [ -r $patchdir/${patch}.bz  ]; then
+        ext=".bz"
+	name="bzip"
+        uncomp="bunzip -dc"
+    elif [ -r $patchdir/${patch}.bz2 ]; then
+        ext=".bz2"
+        name="bzip2"
+        uncomp="bunzip2 -dc"
+    elif [ -r $patchdir/${patch}.zip ]; then
+        ext=".zip"
+        name="zip"
+        uncomp="unzip -d"
+    elif [ -r $patchdir/${patch}.Z ]; then
+        ext=".Z"
+        name="uncompress"
+        uncomp="uncompress -c"
+    elif [ -r $patchdir/${patch}     ]; then
+        ext=""
+        name="plaintext"
+        uncomp="cat"
+    else
+	break
+    fi
+
+    echo -n "Applying ${patch} (${name})... "
+    if $uncomp ${patchdir}/${patch}${ext} | patch -p1 -s -N -E -d $sourcedir
+    then
+        echo "done."
+    else
+        echo "failed.  Clean up yourself."
+        break
+    fi
+    if [ "`find $sourcedir/ '(' -name '*.rej' -o -name '.*.rej' ')' -print`" ]
+    then
+        echo "Aborting.  Reject files found."
+        break
+    fi
+    # Remove backup files
+    find $sourcedir/ '(' -name '*.orig' -o -name '.*.orig' ')' -exec rm -f {} \;
+
+    if [ $stopvers = $FULLVERSION ]
+    then
+        echo "Stoping at $FULLVERSION as requested. Enjoy."
+        break
+    fi
+done
diff --git a/scripts/pathdown.sh b/scripts/pathdown.sh
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..16c17b2a8067
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/pathdown.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+UP=
+DN=${PWD:?}
+TP=${TOPDIR:?}
+
+while [ ! $TP/$UP/. -ef $DN ] ;do
+	UP=`basename $PWD`/$UP
+	cd ..
+	if [ "$PWD" = "/" ]; then echo "Lost"; exit 1; fi
+done
+
+echo $UP
+exit 0
diff --git a/scripts/split-include.c b/scripts/split-include.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4c02cc897fa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/split-include.c
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/*
+ * split-include.c
+ *
+ * Copyright abandoned, Michael Chastain, <mailto:mec@shout.net>.
+ * This is a C version of syncdep.pl by Werner Almesberger.
+ *
+ * This program takes autoconf.h as input and outputs a directory full
+ * of one-line include files, merging onto the old values.
+ *
+ * Think of the configuration options as key-value pairs.  Then there
+ * are five cases:
+ *
+ *    key      old value   new value   action
+ *
+ *    KEY-1    VALUE-1     VALUE-1     leave file alone
+ *    KEY-2    VALUE-2A    VALUE-2B    write VALUE-2B into file
+ *    KEY-3    -           VALUE-3     write VALUE-3  into file
+ *    KEY-4    VALUE-4     -           write an empty file
+ *    KEY-5    (empty)     -           leave old empty file alone
+ */
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#define ERROR_EXIT(strExit)						\
+    {									\
+	const int errnoSave = errno;					\
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", str_my_name);				\
+	errno = errnoSave;						\
+	perror((strExit));						\
+	exit(1);							\
+    }
+
+
+
+int main(int argc, const char * argv [])
+{
+    const char * str_my_name;
+    const char * str_file_autoconf;
+    const char * str_dir_config;
+
+    FILE * fp_config;
+    FILE * fp_target;
+    FILE * fp_find;
+
+    int buffer_size;
+
+    char * line;
+    char * old_line;
+    char * list_target;
+    char * ptarget;
+
+    struct stat stat_buf;
+
+    /* Check arg count. */
+    if (argc != 3)
+    {
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s: wrong number of arguments.\n", argv[0]);
+	exit(1);
+    }
+
+    str_my_name       = argv[0];
+    str_file_autoconf = argv[1];
+    str_dir_config    = argv[2];
+
+    /* Find a buffer size. */
+    if (stat(str_file_autoconf, &stat_buf) != 0)
+	ERROR_EXIT(str_file_autoconf);
+    buffer_size = 2 * stat_buf.st_size + 4096;
+
+    /* Allocate buffers. */
+    if ( (line        = malloc(buffer_size)) == NULL
+    ||   (old_line    = malloc(buffer_size)) == NULL
+    ||   (list_target = malloc(buffer_size)) == NULL )
+	ERROR_EXIT(str_file_autoconf);
+
+    /* Open autoconfig file. */
+    if ((fp_config = fopen(str_file_autoconf, "r")) == NULL)
+	ERROR_EXIT(str_file_autoconf);
+
+    /* Make output directory if needed. */
+    if (stat(str_dir_config, &stat_buf) != 0)
+    {
+	if (mkdir(str_dir_config, 0755) != 0)
+	    ERROR_EXIT(str_dir_config);
+    }
+
+    /* Change to output directory. */
+    if (chdir(str_dir_config) != 0)
+	ERROR_EXIT(str_dir_config);
+	
+    /* Put initial separator into target list. */
+    ptarget = list_target;
+    *ptarget++ = '\n';
+
+    /* Read config lines. */
+    while (fgets(line, buffer_size, fp_config))
+    {
+	const char * str_config;
+	int is_same;
+	int itarget;
+
+	if (line[0] != '#')
+	    continue;
+	if ((str_config = strstr(line, "CONFIG_")) == NULL)
+	    continue;
+
+	/* Make the output file name. */
+	str_config += sizeof("CONFIG_") - 1;
+	for (itarget = 0; !isspace(str_config[itarget]); itarget++)
+	{
+	    char c = str_config[itarget];
+	    if (isupper(c)) c = tolower(c);
+	    if (c == '_')   c = '/';
+	    ptarget[itarget] = c;
+	}
+	ptarget[itarget++] = '.';
+	ptarget[itarget++] = 'h';
+	ptarget[itarget++] = '\0';
+
+	/* Check for existing file. */
+	is_same = 0;
+	if ((fp_target = fopen(ptarget, "r")) != NULL)
+	{
+	    fgets(old_line, buffer_size, fp_target);
+	    if (fclose(fp_target) != 0)
+		ERROR_EXIT(ptarget);
+	    if (!strcmp(line, old_line))
+		is_same = 1;
+	}
+
+	if (!is_same)
+	{
+	    /* Auto-create directories. */
+	    int islash;
+	    for (islash = 0; islash < itarget; islash++)
+	    {
+		if (ptarget[islash] == '/')
+		{
+		    ptarget[islash] = '\0';
+		    if (stat(ptarget, &stat_buf) != 0
+		    &&  mkdir(ptarget, 0755)     != 0)
+			ERROR_EXIT( ptarget );
+		    ptarget[islash] = '/';
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    /* Write the file. */
+	    if ((fp_target = fopen(ptarget, "w" )) == NULL)
+		ERROR_EXIT(ptarget);
+	    fputs(line, fp_target);
+	    if (ferror(fp_target) || fclose(fp_target) != 0)
+		ERROR_EXIT(ptarget);
+	}
+
+	/* Update target list */
+	ptarget += itarget;
+	*(ptarget-1) = '\n';
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Close autoconfig file.
+     * Terminate the target list.
+     */
+    if (fclose(fp_config) != 0)
+	ERROR_EXIT(str_file_autoconf);
+    *ptarget = '\0';
+
+    /*
+     * Fix up existing files which have no new value.
+     * This is Case 4 and Case 5.
+     *
+     * I re-read the tree and filter it against list_target.
+     * This is crude.  But it avoids data copies.  Also, list_target
+     * is compact and contiguous, so it easily fits into cache.
+     *
+     * Notice that list_target contains strings separated by \n,
+     * with a \n before the first string and after the last.
+     * fgets gives the incoming names a terminating \n.
+     * So by having an initial \n, strstr will find exact matches.
+     */
+
+    fp_find = popen("find * -type f -print", "r");
+    if (fp_find == 0)
+	ERROR_EXIT( "find" );
+
+    line[0] = '\n';
+    while (fgets(line+1, buffer_size, fp_find))
+    {
+	if (strstr(list_target, line) == NULL)
+	{
+	    /*
+	     * This is an old file with no CONFIG_* flag in autoconf.h.
+	     */
+
+	    /* First strip the \n. */
+	    line[strlen(line)-1] = '\0';
+
+	    /* Grab size. */
+	    if (stat(line+1, &stat_buf) != 0)
+		ERROR_EXIT(line);
+
+	    /* If file is not empty, make it empty and give it a fresh date. */
+	    if (stat_buf.st_size != 0)
+	    {
+		if ((fp_target = fopen(line+1, "w")) == NULL)
+		    ERROR_EXIT(line);
+		if (fclose(fp_target) != 0)
+		    ERROR_EXIT(line);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (pclose(fp_find) != 0)
+	ERROR_EXIT("find");
+
+    return 0;
+}
diff --git a/scripts/tail.tk b/scripts/tail.tk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..49d7aa37a324
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/tail.tk
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+# FILE: tail.tk
+# This file is boilerplate TCL/TK function definitions for 'make xconfig'.
+#
+# CHANGES
+# =======
+#
+# 8 January 1998, Michael Elizabeth Chastain, <mec@shout.net>
+# Arrange buttons in three columns for better screen fitting.
+#
+
+#
+# Read the user's settings from .config.  These will override whatever is
+# in config.in.  Don't do this if the user specified a -D to force
+# the defaults.
+#
+if { [file readable .config] == 1} then {
+	if { $argc > 0 } then {
+		if { [lindex $argv 0] != "-D" } then {
+			read_config .config
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			read_config $defaults
+		}
+	} else {
+		read_config .config
+	}
+} else {
+	read_config $defaults
+}
+
+update_define 1 $total_menus 0
+update_mainmenu
+
+button .f0.right.save -anchor w -text "Save and Exit" -underline 0\
+    -command { catch {exec cp -f .config .config.old}; \
+		writeconfig .config include/linux/autoconf.h; wrapup .wrap }
+
+button .f0.right.quit -anchor w -text "Quit Without Saving" -underline 0\
+    -command { maybe_exit .maybe }
+
+button .f0.right.load -anchor w -text "Load Configuration from File" \
+    -command { load_configfile .load "Load Configuration from file" read_config_file
+}
+
+button .f0.right.store -anchor w -text "Store Configuration to File" \
+    -command { load_configfile .load "Store Configuration to file" write_config_file }
+
+#
+# Now pack everything.
+#
+
+pack .f0.right.store .f0.right.load .f0.right.quit .f0.right.save \
+    -padx 0 -pady 0 -side bottom -fill x
+pack .f0.left .f0.middle .f0.right -side left -padx 5 -pady 0 -fill y
+pack .f0 -padx 5 -pady 5
+
+update idletasks
+set winy [expr 10 + [winfo reqheight .f0]]
+set scry [lindex [wm maxsize .] 1]
+set winx [expr 10 + [winfo reqwidth .f0]]
+set scrx [lindex [wm maxsize .] 0]
+if {$winx < $scrx} then {set maxx -1} else {set maxx $winx}
+if {$winy < $scry} then {set maxy -1} else {set maxy $winy}
+.f0 configure -width $winx -height $winy 
+wm maxsize . $maxx $maxy
+
+#
+# If we cannot write our config files, disable the write button.
+#
+if { [file exists .config] == 1 } then {
+		if { [file writable .config] == 0 } then {
+			.f0.right.save configure -state disabled
+		}
+	} else {
+		if { [file writable .] == 0 } then {
+			.f0.right.save configure -state disabled
+		}
+	}
+
+if { [file exists include/linux/autoconf.h] == 1 } then {
+		if { [file writable include/linux/autoconf.h] == 0 } then {
+			.f0.right.save configure -state disabled
+		}
+	} else {
+		if { [file writable include/linux/] == 0 } then {
+			.f0.right.save configure -state disabled
+		}
+	}
diff --git a/scripts/tkcond.c b/scripts/tkcond.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..34c923fe9e5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/tkcond.c
@@ -0,0 +1,602 @@
+/*
+ * tkcond.c
+ *
+ * Eric Youngdale was the original author of xconfig.
+ * Michael Elizabeth Chastain (mec@shout.net) is the current maintainer.
+ *
+ * This file takes the tokenized statement list and transforms 'if ...'
+ * statements.  For each simple statement, I find all of the 'if' statements
+ * that enclose it, and attach the aggregate conditionals of those 'if'
+ * statements to the cond list of the simple statement.
+ *
+ * 14 January 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain, <mec@shout.net>
+ * - Steam-clean this file.  I tested this by generating kconfig.tk for
+ *   every architecture and comparing it character-for-character against
+ *   the output of the old tkparse.
+ *
+ * 07 July 1999, Andrzej M. Krzysztofowicz <ankry@mif.pg.gda.pl>
+ * - kvariables removed; all variables are stored in a single table now
+ * - some elimination of options non-valid for current architecture
+ *   implemented.
+ * - negation (!) eliminated from conditions
+ *
+ * TO DO:
+ * - xconfig is at the end of its life cycle.  Contact <mec@shout.net> if
+ *   you are interested in working on the replacement.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "tkparse.h"
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Mark variables which are defined anywhere.
+ */
+static void mark_variables( struct kconfig * scfg )
+{
+    struct kconfig * cfg;
+    int i;
+
+    for ( i = 1; i <= max_varnum; i++ )
+	vartable[i].defined = 0;
+    for ( cfg = scfg; cfg != NULL; cfg = cfg->next )
+    {
+	if ( cfg->token == token_bool
+	||   cfg->token == token_choice_item
+	||   cfg->token == token_define_bool
+	||   cfg->token == token_define_hex
+	||   cfg->token == token_define_int
+	||   cfg->token == token_define_string
+	||   cfg->token == token_define_tristate
+	||   cfg->token == token_dep_bool
+	||   cfg->token == token_dep_mbool
+	||   cfg->token == token_dep_tristate
+	||   cfg->token == token_hex
+	||   cfg->token == token_int
+	||   cfg->token == token_string
+	||   cfg->token == token_tristate
+	||   cfg->token == token_unset )
+	{
+	    if ( cfg->nameindex > 0 )	/* paranoid */
+	    {
+		vartable[cfg->nameindex].defined = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+static void free_cond( struct condition *cond )
+{
+    struct condition *tmp, *tmp1;
+    for ( tmp = cond; tmp; tmp = tmp1 )
+    {
+	tmp1 = tmp->next;
+	free( (void*)tmp );
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Remove the bang operator from a condition to avoid priority problems.
+ * "!" has different priorities as "test" command argument and in 
+ * a tk script.
+ */
+static struct condition * remove_bang( struct condition * condition )
+{
+    struct condition * conda, * condb, * prev = NULL;
+
+    for ( conda = condition; conda; conda = conda->next )
+    {
+	if ( conda->op == op_bang && conda->next &&
+	   ( condb = conda->next->next ) )
+	{
+	    if ( condb->op == op_eq || condb->op == op_neq )
+	    {
+		condb->op = (condb->op == op_eq) ? op_neq : op_eq;
+		conda->op = op_nuked;
+		if ( prev )
+		{
+		    prev->next = conda->next;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    condition = conda->next;
+		}
+		conda->next = NULL;
+		free_cond( conda );
+		conda = condb;
+	    }
+	}
+	prev = conda;
+    }
+    return condition;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Make a new condition chain by joining the current condition stack with
+ * the "&&" operator for glue.
+ */
+static struct condition * join_condition_stack( struct condition * conditions [],
+    int depth )
+{
+    struct condition * cond_list;
+    struct condition * cond_last;
+    int i, is_first = 1;
+
+    cond_list = cond_last = NULL;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < depth; i++ )
+    {
+	if ( conditions[i]->op == op_false )
+	{
+	    struct condition * cnew;
+
+	    /* It is always false condition */
+	    cnew = malloc( sizeof(*cnew) );
+	    memset( cnew, 0, sizeof(*cnew) );
+	    cnew->op = op_false;
+	    cond_list = cond_last = cnew;
+	    goto join_done;
+	}
+    }
+    for ( i = 0; i < depth; i++ )
+    {
+	struct condition * cond;
+	struct condition * cnew;
+	int add_paren;
+
+	/* omit always true conditions */
+	if ( conditions[i]->op == op_true )
+	    continue;
+
+	/* if i have another condition, add an '&&' operator */
+	if ( !is_first )
+	{
+	    cnew = malloc( sizeof(*cnew) );
+	    memset( cnew, 0, sizeof(*cnew) );
+	    cnew->op = op_and;
+	    cond_last->next = cnew;
+	    cond_last = cnew;
+	}
+
+	if ( conditions[i]->op != op_lparen )
+	{
+	    /* add a '(' */
+	    add_paren = 1;
+	    cnew = malloc( sizeof(*cnew) );
+	    memset( cnew, 0, sizeof(*cnew) );
+	    cnew->op = op_lparen;
+	    if ( cond_last == NULL )
+		{ cond_list = cond_last = cnew; }
+	    else
+		{ cond_last->next = cnew; cond_last = cnew; }
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    add_paren = 0;
+	}
+
+	/* duplicate the chain */
+	for ( cond = conditions [i]; cond != NULL; cond = cond->next )
+	{
+	    cnew            = malloc( sizeof(*cnew) );
+	    cnew->next      = NULL;
+	    cnew->op        = cond->op;
+	    cnew->str       = cond->str ? strdup( cond->str ) : NULL;
+	    cnew->nameindex = cond->nameindex;
+	    if ( cond_last == NULL )
+		{ cond_list = cond_last = cnew; }
+	    else
+		{ cond_last->next = cnew; cond_last = cnew; }
+	}
+
+	if ( add_paren )
+	{
+	    /* add a ')' */
+	    cnew = malloc( sizeof(*cnew) );
+	    memset( cnew, 0, sizeof(*cnew) );
+	    cnew->op = op_rparen;
+	    cond_last->next = cnew;
+	    cond_last = cnew;
+	}
+	is_first = 0;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Remove duplicate conditions.
+     */
+    {
+	struct condition *cond1, *cond1b, *cond1c, *cond1d, *cond1e, *cond1f;
+
+	for ( cond1 = cond_list; cond1 != NULL; cond1 = cond1->next )
+	{
+	    if ( cond1->op == op_lparen )
+	    {
+		cond1b = cond1 ->next; if ( cond1b == NULL ) break;
+		cond1c = cond1b->next; if ( cond1c == NULL ) break;
+		cond1d = cond1c->next; if ( cond1d == NULL ) break;
+		cond1e = cond1d->next; if ( cond1e == NULL ) break;
+		cond1f = cond1e->next; if ( cond1f == NULL ) break;
+
+		if ( cond1b->op == op_variable
+		&& ( cond1c->op == op_eq || cond1c->op == op_neq )
+		&&   cond1d->op == op_constant 
+		&&   cond1e->op == op_rparen )
+		{
+		    struct condition *cond2, *cond2b, *cond2c, *cond2d, *cond2e, *cond2f;
+
+		    for ( cond2 = cond1f->next; cond2 != NULL; cond2 = cond2->next )
+		    {
+			if ( cond2->op == op_lparen )
+			{
+			    cond2b = cond2 ->next; if ( cond2b == NULL ) break;
+			    cond2c = cond2b->next; if ( cond2c == NULL ) break;
+			    cond2d = cond2c->next; if ( cond2d == NULL ) break;
+			    cond2e = cond2d->next; if ( cond2e == NULL ) break;
+			    cond2f = cond2e->next;
+
+			    /* look for match */
+			    if ( cond2b->op == op_variable
+			    &&   cond2b->nameindex == cond1b->nameindex
+			    &&   cond2c->op == cond1c->op
+			    &&   cond2d->op == op_constant
+			    &&   strcmp( cond2d->str, cond1d->str ) == 0
+			    &&   cond2e->op == op_rparen )
+			    {
+				/* one of these must be followed by && */
+				if ( cond1f->op == op_and
+				|| ( cond2f != NULL && cond2f->op == op_and ) )
+				{
+				    /* nuke the first duplicate */
+				    cond1 ->op = op_nuked;
+				    cond1b->op = op_nuked;
+				    cond1c->op = op_nuked;
+				    cond1d->op = op_nuked;
+				    cond1e->op = op_nuked;
+				    if ( cond1f->op == op_and )
+					cond1f->op = op_nuked;
+				    else
+					cond2f->op = op_nuked;
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+join_done:
+    return cond_list;
+}
+
+
+
+static char * current_arch = NULL;
+
+/*
+ * Eliminating conditions with ARCH = <not current>.
+ */
+static struct condition *eliminate_other_arch( struct condition *list )
+{
+    struct condition *cond1a = list, *cond1b = NULL, *cond1c = NULL, *cond1d = NULL;
+    if ( current_arch == NULL )
+	current_arch = getenv( "ARCH" );
+    if ( current_arch == NULL )
+    {
+	fprintf( stderr, "error: ARCH undefined\n" );
+	exit( 1 );
+    }
+    if ( cond1a->op == op_variable
+    && ! strcmp( vartable[cond1a->nameindex].name, "ARCH" ) )
+    {
+	cond1b = cond1a->next; if ( cond1b == NULL ) goto done;
+	cond1c = cond1b->next; if ( cond1c == NULL ) goto done;
+	cond1d = cond1c->next;
+	if ( cond1c->op == op_constant && cond1d == NULL )
+	{
+	    if ( (cond1b->op == op_eq && strcmp( cond1c->str, current_arch ))
+	    ||   (cond1b->op == op_neq && ! strcmp( cond1c->str, current_arch )) )
+	    {
+		/* This is for another architecture */ 
+		cond1a->op = op_false;
+		cond1a->next = NULL;
+		free_cond( cond1b );
+		return cond1a;
+	    }
+	    else if ( (cond1b->op == op_neq && strcmp( cond1c->str, current_arch ))
+		 ||   (cond1b->op == op_eq && ! strcmp( cond1c->str, current_arch )) )
+	    {
+		/* This is for current architecture */
+		cond1a->op = op_true;
+		cond1a->next = NULL;
+		free_cond( cond1b );
+		return cond1a;
+	    }
+	}
+	else if ( cond1c->op == op_constant && cond1d->op == op_or )
+	{
+	    if ( (cond1b->op == op_eq && strcmp( cond1c->str, current_arch ))
+	    ||   (cond1b->op == op_neq && ! strcmp( cond1c->str, current_arch )) )
+	    {
+		/* This is for another architecture */ 
+		cond1b = cond1d->next;
+		cond1d->next = NULL;
+		free_cond( cond1a );
+		return eliminate_other_arch( cond1b );
+	    }
+	    else if ( (cond1b->op == op_neq && strcmp( cond1c->str, current_arch ))
+		 || (cond1b->op == op_eq && ! strcmp( cond1c->str, current_arch )) )
+	    {
+		/* This is for current architecture */
+		cond1a->op = op_true;
+		cond1a->next = NULL;
+		free_cond( cond1b );
+		return cond1a;
+	    }
+	}
+	else if ( cond1c->op == op_constant && cond1d->op == op_and )
+	{
+	    if ( (cond1b->op == op_eq && strcmp( cond1c->str, current_arch ))
+	    ||   (cond1b->op == op_neq && ! strcmp( cond1c->str, current_arch )) )
+	    {
+		/* This is for another architecture */
+		int l_par = 0;
+		
+		for ( cond1c = cond1d->next; cond1c; cond1c = cond1c->next )
+		{
+		    if ( cond1c->op == op_lparen )
+			l_par++;
+		    else if ( cond1c->op == op_rparen )
+			l_par--;
+		    else if ( cond1c->op == op_or && l_par == 0 )
+		    /* Expression too complex - don't touch */
+			return cond1a;
+		    else if ( l_par < 0 )
+		    {
+			fprintf( stderr, "incorrect condition: programming error ?\n" );
+			exit( 1 );
+		    }
+		}
+		cond1a->op = op_false;
+		cond1a->next = NULL;
+		free_cond( cond1b );
+		return cond1a;
+	    }
+	    else if ( (cond1b->op == op_neq && strcmp( cond1c->str, current_arch ))
+		 || (cond1b->op == op_eq && ! strcmp( cond1c->str, current_arch )) )
+	    {
+		/* This is for current architecture */
+		cond1b = cond1d->next;
+		cond1d->next = NULL;
+		free_cond( cond1a );
+		return eliminate_other_arch( cond1b );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if ( cond1a->op == op_variable && ! vartable[cond1a->nameindex].defined )
+    {
+	cond1b = cond1a->next; if ( cond1b == NULL ) goto done;
+	cond1c = cond1b->next; if ( cond1c == NULL ) goto done;
+	cond1d = cond1c->next;
+
+	if ( cond1c->op == op_constant
+	&& ( cond1d == NULL || cond1d->op == op_and ) ) /*???*/
+	{
+	    if ( cond1b->op == op_eq && strcmp( cond1c->str, "" ) )
+	    {
+		cond1a->op = op_false;
+		cond1a->next = NULL;
+		free_cond( cond1b );
+		return cond1a;
+	    }
+	}
+	else if ( cond1c->op == op_constant && cond1d->op == op_or )
+	{
+	    if ( cond1b->op == op_eq && strcmp( cond1c->str, "" ) )
+	    {
+		cond1b = cond1d->next;
+		cond1d->next = NULL;
+		free_cond( cond1a );
+		return eliminate_other_arch( cond1b );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+done:
+    return list;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * This is the main transformation function.
+ */
+void fix_conditionals( struct kconfig * scfg )
+{
+    struct kconfig * cfg;
+
+    /*
+     * Transform op_variable to op_kvariable.
+     */
+    mark_variables( scfg );
+
+    /*
+     * Walk the statement list, maintaining a stack of current conditions.
+     *   token_if      push its condition onto the stack.
+     *   token_else    invert the condition on the top of the stack.
+     *   token_endif   pop the stack.
+     *
+     * For a simple statement, create a condition chain by joining together
+     * all of the conditions on the stack.
+     */
+    {
+	struct condition * cond_stack [32];
+	int depth = 0;
+	struct kconfig * prev = NULL;
+
+	for ( cfg = scfg; cfg != NULL; cfg = cfg->next )
+	{
+	    int good = 1;
+	    switch ( cfg->token )
+	    {
+	    default:
+		break;
+
+	    case token_if:
+		cond_stack [depth++] =
+		    remove_bang( eliminate_other_arch( cfg->cond ) );
+		cfg->cond = NULL;
+		break;
+
+	    case token_else:
+		{
+		    /*
+		     * Invert the condition chain.
+		     *
+		     * Be careful to transfrom op_or to op_and1, not op_and.
+		     * I will need this later in the code that removes
+		     * duplicate conditions.
+		     */
+		    struct condition * cond;
+
+		    for ( cond  = cond_stack [depth-1];
+			  cond != NULL;
+			  cond  = cond->next )
+		    {
+			switch( cond->op )
+			{
+			default:     break;
+			case op_and: cond->op = op_or;   break;
+			case op_or:  cond->op = op_and1; break;
+			case op_neq: cond->op = op_eq;   break;
+			case op_eq:  cond->op = op_neq;  break;
+			case op_true: cond->op = op_false;break;
+			case op_false:cond->op = op_true; break;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		break;
+
+	    case token_fi:
+		--depth;
+		break;
+
+	    case token_bool:
+	    case token_choice_item:
+	    case token_choice_header:
+	    case token_comment:
+	    case token_define_bool:
+	    case token_define_hex:
+	    case token_define_int:
+	    case token_define_string:
+	    case token_define_tristate:
+	    case token_endmenu:
+	    case token_hex:
+	    case token_int:
+	    case token_mainmenu_option:
+	    case token_string:
+	    case token_tristate:
+	    case token_unset:
+		cfg->cond = join_condition_stack( cond_stack, depth );
+		if ( cfg->cond && cfg->cond->op == op_false )
+		{
+		    good = 0;
+		    if ( prev )
+			prev->next = cfg->next;
+		    else
+			scfg = cfg->next;
+		}
+		break;
+
+	    case token_dep_bool:
+	    case token_dep_mbool:
+	    case token_dep_tristate:
+		/*
+		 * Same as the other simple statements, plus an additional
+		 * condition for the dependency.
+		 */
+		if ( cfg->cond )
+		{
+		    cond_stack [depth] = eliminate_other_arch( cfg->cond );
+		    cfg->cond = join_condition_stack( cond_stack, depth+1 );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    cfg->cond = join_condition_stack( cond_stack, depth );
+		}
+		if ( cfg->cond && cfg->cond->op == op_false )
+		{
+		    good = 0;
+		    if ( prev )
+			prev->next = cfg->next;
+		    else
+			scfg = cfg->next;
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if ( good )
+		prev = cfg;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+#if 0
+void dump_condition( struct condition *list )
+{
+    struct condition *tmp;
+    for ( tmp = list; tmp; tmp = tmp->next )
+    {
+	switch (tmp->op)
+	{
+	default:
+	    break;
+	case op_variable:
+	    printf( " %s", vartable[tmp->nameindex].name );
+	    break;
+	case op_constant: 
+	    printf( " %s", tmp->str );
+	    break;
+	case op_eq:
+	    printf( " =" );
+	    break;
+	case op_bang:
+	    printf( " !" );
+	    break;
+	case op_neq:
+	    printf( " !=" );
+	    break;
+	case op_and:
+	case op_and1:
+	    printf( " -a" );
+	    break;
+	case op_or:
+	    printf( " -o" );
+	    break;
+	case op_true:
+	    printf( " TRUE" );
+	    break;
+	case op_false:
+	    printf( " FALSE" );
+	    break;
+	case op_lparen:
+	    printf( " (" );
+	    break;
+	case op_rparen:
+	    printf( " )" );
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    printf( "\n" );
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/scripts/tkgen.c b/scripts/tkgen.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9faede6102de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/tkgen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1521 @@
+/* Generate tk script based upon config.in
+ *
+ * Version 1.0
+ * Eric Youngdale
+ * 10/95
+ *
+ * 1996 01 04
+ * Avery Pennarun - Aesthetic improvements.
+ *
+ * 1996 01 24
+ * Avery Pennarun - Bugfixes and more aesthetics.
+ *
+ * 1996 03 08
+ * Avery Pennarun - The int and hex config.in commands work right.
+ *                - Choice buttons are more user-friendly.
+ *                - Disabling a text entry line greys it out properly.
+ *                - dep_tristate now works like in Configure. (not pretty)
+ *                - No warnings in gcc -Wall. (Fixed some "interesting" bugs.)
+ *                - Faster/prettier "Help" lookups.
+ *
+ * 1996 03 15
+ * Avery Pennarun - Added new sed script from Axel Boldt to make help even
+ *                  faster. (Actually awk is downright slow on some machines.)
+ *                - Fixed a bug I introduced into Choice dependencies.  Thanks
+ *                  to Robert Krawitz for pointing this out.
+ *
+ * 1996 03 16
+ * Avery Pennarun - basic "do_make" support added to let sound config work.
+ *
+ * 1996 03 25
+ *     Axel Boldt - Help now works on "choice" buttons.
+ *
+ * 1996 04 06
+ * Avery Pennarun - Improved sound config stuff. (I think it actually works
+ *                  now!)
+ *                - Window-resize-limits don't use ugly /usr/lib/tk4.0 hack.
+ *                - int/hex work with tk3 again. (The "cget" error.)
+ *                - Next/Prev buttons switch between menus.  I can't take
+ *                  much credit for this; the code was already there, but
+ *                  ifdef'd out for some reason.  It flickers a lot, but
+ *                  I suspect there's no "easy" fix for that.
+ *                - Labels no longer highlight as you move the mouse over
+ *                  them (although you can still press them... oh well.)
+ *                - Got rid of the last of the literal color settings, to
+ *                  help out people with mono X-Windows systems. 
+ *                  (Apparently there still are some out there!)
+ *                - Tabstops seem sensible now.
+ *
+ * 1996 04 14
+ * Avery Pennarun - Reduced flicker when creating windows, even with "update
+ *                  idletasks" hack.
+ *
+ * 1997 12 08
+ * Michael Chastain - Remove sound driver special cases.
+ *
+ * 1997 11 15
+ * Michael Chastain - For choice buttons, write values for all options,
+ *                    not just the single chosen one.  This is compatible
+ *                    with 'make config' and 'make oldconfig', and is
+ *                    needed so smart-config dependencies work if the
+ *                    user switches from one configuration method to
+ *                    another.
+ *
+ * 1998 03 09
+ * Axel Boldt - Smaller layout of main menu - it's still too big for 800x600.
+ *            - Display help in text window to allow for cut and paste.
+ *            - Allow for empty lines in help texts.
+ *            - update_define should not set all variables unconditionally to
+ *              0: they may have been set to 1 elsewhere. CONFIG_NETLINK is
+ *              an example.
+ *
+ * 1999 01 04
+ * Michael Elizabeth Chastain <mec@shout.net>
+ * - Call clear_globalflags when writing out update_mainmenu.
+ *   This fixes the missing global/vfix lines for ARCH=alpha on 2.2.0-pre4.
+ *
+ * 8 January 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain <mec@shout.net>
+ * - Emit menus_per_column
+ *
+ * 14 January 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain <mec@shout.net>
+ * - Steam-clean this file.  I tested this by generating kconfig.tk for every
+ *   architecture and comparing it character-for-character against the output
+ *   of the old tkparse.
+ * - Fix flattening of nested menus.  The old code simply assigned items to
+ *   the most recent token_mainmenu_option, without paying attention to scope.
+ *   For example: "menu-1 bool-a menu-2 bool-b endmenu bool-c bool-d endmenu".
+ *   The old code would put bool-a in menu-1, bool-b in menu-2, and bool-c
+ *   and bool-d in *menu-2*.  This hosed the nested submenus in
+ *   drives/net/Config.in and other places.
+ * - Fix menu line wraparound at 128 menus (some fool used a 'char' for
+ *   a counter).
+ *
+ * 23 January 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain <mec@shout.net>
+ * - Remove bug-compatible code.
+ *
+ * 07 July 1999, Andrzej M. Krzysztofowicz <ankry@mif.pg.gda.pl>
+ * Some bugfixes, including
+ * - disabling "m" options when CONFIG_MODULES is set to "n" as well as "y"
+ *   option in dep_tristate when dependency is set to "m",
+ * - deactivating choices which should not be available,
+ * - basic validation for int and hex introduced if the entered one is not 
+ *   valid,
+ * - updates of all opened menus instead of the active only. I was afraid
+ *   that it would slow down updates, but I don't even see any speed difference
+ *   on my machine. If it slows you can still work with only a single menu
+ *   opened,
+ * - fixed error when focussing non-existent window (especially Help windows),
+ * Higher level submenus implemented.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "tkparse.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * Total number of menus.
+ */
+static int tot_menu_num = 0;
+
+/*
+ * Pointers to mainmenu_option and endmenu of each menu.
+ */
+struct kconfig * menu_first [100];
+struct kconfig * menu_last  [100];
+
+/*
+ * Generate portion of wish script for the beginning of a submenu.
+ * The guts get filled in with the various options.
+ */
+static void start_proc( char * label, int menu_num, int toplevel )
+{
+    if ( toplevel )
+	printf( "menu_option menu%d %d \"%s\"\n", menu_num, menu_num, label );
+    printf( "proc menu%d {w title} {\n", menu_num );
+    printf( "\tset oldFocus [focus]\n" );
+    if ( menu_first[menu_num]->menu_number != 0 )
+	printf( "\tcatch {focus .menu%d}\n",
+		menu_first[menu_num]->menu_number );
+    printf( "\tcatch {destroy $w; unregister_active %d}\n", menu_num );
+    printf( "\ttoplevel $w -class Dialog\n" );
+    printf( "\twm withdraw $w\n" );
+    printf( "\tglobal active_menus\n" );
+    printf( "\tset active_menus [lsort -integer [linsert $active_menus end %d]]\n", menu_num );
+    printf( "\tmessage $w.m -width 400 -aspect 300 -text \\\n" );
+    printf( "\t\t\"%s\"  -relief raised\n", label );
+    printf( "\tpack $w.m -pady 10 -side top -padx 10\n" );
+    printf( "\twm title $w \"%s\" \n\n", label );
+
+    printf( "\tbind $w <Escape> \"catch {focus $oldFocus}; destroy $w; unregister_active %d; break\"\n", menu_num);
+
+    printf("\tset nextscript ");
+    printf("\"catch {focus $oldFocus}; " );
+    /* 
+     * We are checking which windows should be destroyed and which are 
+     * common parrents with the next one. Remember that menu_num field
+     * in mainmenu_option record reports number of its *parent* menu.
+     */
+    if ( menu_num < tot_menu_num
+    && menu_first[menu_num + 1]->menu_number != menu_num )
+    {
+	int to_destr;
+
+	printf( "destroy $w; unregister_active %d; ", menu_num );
+	to_destr = menu_first[menu_num]->menu_number;
+	while ( to_destr > 0 && menu_first[menu_num + 1]->menu_number != to_destr )
+	{
+	    printf( "catch {destroy .menu%d}; unregister_active %d; ",
+		to_destr, to_destr );
+	    to_destr = menu_first[to_destr]->menu_number;
+	}
+    }
+    printf( "menu%d .menu%d \\\"$title\\\"\"\n",
+	menu_num+1, menu_num+1 );
+
+    /*
+     * Attach the "Prev", "Next" and "OK" buttons at the end of the window.
+     */
+    printf( "\tframe $w.f\n" );
+    if ( toplevel )
+	printf( "\tbutton $w.f.back -text \"Main Menu\" \\\n" );
+    else
+	printf( "\tbutton $w.f.back -text \"OK\" \\\n" );
+    printf( "\t\t-width 15 -command \"catch {focus $oldFocus}; destroy $w; unregister_active %d\"\n",
+	menu_num );
+    printf( "\tbutton $w.f.next -text \"Next\" -underline 0\\\n" );
+    printf( "\t\t-width 15 -command $nextscript\n");
+
+    if ( menu_num == tot_menu_num ) {
+      printf( "\t$w.f.next configure -state disabled\n" );
+        /* 
+         *  this is a bit hackish but Alt-n must be rebound
+         *  otherwise if the user press Alt-n on the last menu
+         *  it will give him/her the next menu of one of the 
+         *  previous options
+         */
+        printf( "\tbind all <Alt-n> \"puts \\\"no more menus\\\" \"\n");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /*
+         * I should be binding to $w not all - but if I do nehat I get the error "unknown path"
+         */
+        printf( "\tbind all <Alt-n> $nextscript\n");
+    }
+    printf( "\tbutton $w.f.prev -text \"Prev\" -underline 0\\\n" );
+    printf( "\t\t-width 15 -command \"catch {focus $oldFocus}; destroy $w; unregister_active %d; menu%d .menu%d \\\"$title\\\"\"\n",
+	menu_num, menu_num-1, menu_num-1 );
+    if ( menu_num == 1 ) {
+	printf( "\t$w.f.prev configure -state disabled\n" );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        printf( "\tbind $w <Alt-p> \"catch {focus $oldFocus}; destroy $w; unregister_active %d; menu%d .menu%d \\\"$title\\\";break\"\n",
+            menu_num, menu_num-1, menu_num-1 );
+    }  
+    printf( "\tpack $w.f.back $w.f.next $w.f.prev -side left -expand on\n" );
+    printf( "\tpack $w.f -pady 10 -side bottom -anchor w -fill x\n" );
+
+    /*
+     * Lines between canvas and other areas of the window.
+     */
+    printf( "\tframe $w.topline -relief ridge -borderwidth 2 -height 2\n" );
+    printf( "\tpack $w.topline -side top -fill x\n\n" );
+    printf( "\tframe $w.botline -relief ridge -borderwidth 2 -height 2\n" );
+    printf( "\tpack $w.botline -side bottom -fill x\n\n" );
+
+    /*
+     * The "config" frame contains the canvas and a scrollbar.
+     */
+    printf( "\tframe $w.config\n" );
+    printf( "\tpack $w.config -fill y -expand on\n\n" );
+    printf( "\tscrollbar $w.config.vscroll -command \"$w.config.canvas yview\"\n" );
+    printf( "\tpack $w.config.vscroll -side right -fill y\n\n" );
+
+    /*
+     * The scrollable canvas itself, where the real work (and mess) gets done.
+     */
+    printf( "\tcanvas $w.config.canvas -height 1\\\n" );
+    printf( "\t\t-relief flat -borderwidth 0 -yscrollcommand \"$w.config.vscroll set\" \\\n" );
+    printf( "\t\t-width [expr [winfo screenwidth .] * 1 / 2] \n" );
+    printf( "\tframe $w.config.f\n" );
+    printf( "\tbind $w <Key-Down> \"$w.config.canvas yview scroll  1 unit;break;\"\n");
+    printf( "\tbind $w <Key-Up> \"$w.config.canvas yview scroll  -1 unit;break;\"\n");
+    printf( "\tbind $w <Key-Next> \"$w.config.canvas yview scroll  1 page;break;\"\n");
+    printf( "\tbind $w <Key-Prior> \"$w.config.canvas yview scroll  -1 page;break;\"\n");
+    printf( "\tbind $w <Key-Home> \"$w.config.canvas yview moveto 0;break;\"\n");
+    printf( "\tbind $w <Key-End> \"$w.config.canvas yview moveto 1 ;break;\"\n");
+    printf( "\tpack $w.config.canvas -side right -fill y\n" );
+    printf("\n\n");
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Each proc we create needs a global declaration for any global variables we
+ * use.  To minimize the size of the file, we set a flag each time we output
+ * a global declaration so we know whether we need to insert one for a
+ * given function or not.
+ */
+static void clear_globalflags(void)
+{
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 1; i <= max_varnum; i++ )
+	vartable[i].global_written = 0;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Output a "global" line for a given variable.  Also include the
+ * call to "vfix".  (If vfix is not needed, then it's fine to just printf
+ * a "global" line).
+ */
+void global( const char *var )
+{
+    printf( "\tglobal %s\n", var );
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * This function walks the chain of conditions that we got from cond.c
+ * and creates a TCL conditional to enable/disable a given widget.
+ */
+void generate_if( struct kconfig * cfg, struct condition * ocond,
+    int menu_num, int line_num )
+{
+    struct condition * cond;
+    struct dependency * tmp;
+    struct kconfig * cfg1;
+
+    if ( line_num >= -1 )
+    {
+	if ( cfg->token == token_define_bool || cfg->token == token_define_hex
+	||   cfg->token == token_define_int || cfg->token == token_define_string
+	||   cfg->token == token_define_tristate || cfg->token == token_unset )
+	    return;
+	if ( cfg->token == token_comment && line_num == -1 )
+	    return;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	if ( cfg->token == token_string || cfg->token == token_mainmenu_option )
+	    return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * First write any global declarations we need for this conditional.
+     */
+    for ( cond = ocond; cond != NULL; cond = cond->next )
+    {
+	switch ( cond->op )
+	{
+	default:
+	    break;
+
+	case op_variable:
+	    if ( ! vartable[cond->nameindex].global_written )
+	    {
+		vartable[cond->nameindex].global_written = 1;
+		global( vartable[cond->nameindex].name );
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now write this option.
+     */
+    if ( cfg->nameindex > 0 && ! vartable[cfg->nameindex].global_written )
+    {
+	vartable[cfg->nameindex].global_written = 1;
+	global( vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Generate the body of the conditional.
+     */
+    printf( "\tif {" );
+    for ( cond = ocond; cond != NULL; cond = cond->next )
+    {
+	switch ( cond->op )
+	{
+	default:
+	    break;
+
+	case op_bang:   printf( " ! "  ); break;
+	case op_eq:     printf( " == " ); break;
+	case op_neq:    printf( " != " ); break;
+	case op_and:    printf( " && " ); break;
+	case op_and1:   printf( " && " ); break;
+	case op_or:     printf( " || " ); break;
+	case op_lparen: printf( "("    ); break;
+	case op_rparen: printf( ")"    ); break;
+
+	case op_variable:
+	    printf( "$%s", vartable[cond->nameindex].name );
+	    break;
+
+	case op_constant:
+	    if      ( strcmp( cond->str, "y" ) == 0 ) printf( "1" );
+	    else if ( strcmp( cond->str, "n" ) == 0 ) printf( "0" );
+	    else if ( strcmp( cond->str, "m" ) == 0 ) printf( "2" );
+	    else if ( strcmp( cond->str, "" ) == 0 )  printf( "4" );
+	    else
+		printf( "\"%s\"", cond->str );
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    printf( "} then {" );
+
+    /*
+     * Generate a procedure call to write the value.
+     * This code depends on procedures in header.tk.
+     */
+    if ( line_num >= -1 )
+    {
+	int modtoyes = 0;
+
+	switch ( cfg->token )
+	{
+	default:
+	    printf( " }\n" );
+	    break;
+
+	case token_dep_mbool:
+	    modtoyes = 1;
+	case token_dep_bool:
+	    printf( "\n" );
+	    for ( tmp = cfg->depend; tmp; tmp = tmp->next )
+		if ( ! vartable[get_varnum( tmp->name )].global_written )
+		{
+		    global( tmp->name );
+		}
+	    printf( "\tset tmpvar_dep [effective_dep [list" );
+	    for ( tmp = cfg->depend; tmp; tmp = tmp->next )
+		printf( " $%s", tmp->name );
+	    printf( "]];set %s [sync_bool $%s $tmpvar_dep %d];",
+		vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, vartable[cfg->nameindex].name,
+		modtoyes );
+	    printf( "if {$tmpvar_dep != 1" );
+	    if (modtoyes)
+		printf( " && $tmpvar_dep != 2" );
+	    printf( "} then {configure_entry .menu%d.config.f.x%d disabled {y};",
+		menu_num, line_num );
+	    printf( "} else {" );
+	    printf( "configure_entry .menu%d.config.f.x%d normal {y};",
+		menu_num, line_num );
+	    printf( "}; " );
+	case token_bool:
+	    if ( cfg->token == token_bool )
+		printf( "\n\t" );
+	    printf( "configure_entry .menu%d.config.f.x%d normal {n l",
+		menu_num, line_num );
+	    if ( cfg->token == token_bool )
+		printf( " y" );
+	    printf( "}" );
+	    printf( "} else {");
+	    printf( "configure_entry .menu%d.config.f.x%d disabled {y n l}}\n",
+		menu_num, line_num );
+	    break;
+
+	case token_choice_header:
+	    printf( "configure_entry .menu%d.config.f.x%d normal {x l}",
+		menu_num, line_num );
+	    printf( "} else {" );
+	    printf( "configure_entry .menu%d.config.f.x%d disabled {x l}",
+		menu_num, line_num );
+	    printf( "}\n" );
+	    break;
+
+	case token_choice_item:
+	    fprintf( stderr, "Internal error on token_choice_item\n" );
+	    exit( 1 );
+
+	case token_dep_tristate:
+	    printf( "\n" );
+	    for ( tmp = cfg->depend; tmp; tmp = tmp->next )
+		if ( ! vartable[get_varnum( tmp->name )].global_written )
+		{
+		    global( tmp->name );
+		}
+	    printf( "\tset tmpvar_dep [effective_dep [list" );
+	    for ( tmp = cfg->depend; tmp; tmp = tmp->next )
+		printf( " $%s", tmp->name );
+	    printf( "]];set %s [sync_tristate $%s $tmpvar_dep];",
+		vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+	    printf( "\tif {$tmpvar_dep != 1} then {" );
+	    printf( "configure_entry .menu%d.config.f.x%d disabled {y}",
+		menu_num, line_num );
+	    printf( "} else {" );
+	    printf( "configure_entry .menu%d.config.f.x%d normal {y}",
+		menu_num, line_num );
+	    printf( "}; " );
+	    printf( "if {$tmpvar_dep == 0} then {" );
+	    printf( "configure_entry .menu%d.config.f.x%d disabled {m}",
+		menu_num, line_num );
+	    printf( "} else {" );
+	    printf( "configure_entry .menu%d.config.f.x%d normal {m}",
+		menu_num, line_num );
+	    printf( "}; " );
+	case token_tristate:
+	    if ( cfg->token == token_tristate )
+	    {
+		printf( "\n\tconfigure_entry .menu%d.config.f.x%d normal {y}; ",
+		    menu_num, line_num );
+	    }
+	    printf( "if {($CONFIG_MODULES == 1)} then {" );
+	    printf( "configure_entry .menu%d.config.f.x%d normal {m}} else {",
+		menu_num, line_num );
+	    printf( "configure_entry .menu%d.config.f.x%d disabled {m}}; ",
+		menu_num, line_num );
+	    printf( "configure_entry .menu%d.config.f.x%d normal {n l}",
+		menu_num, line_num );
+
+	/*
+	 * Or in a bit to the variable - this causes all of the radiobuttons
+	 * to be deselected (i.e. not be red).
+	 */
+	    printf( "} else {" );
+	    printf( "configure_entry .menu%d.config.f.x%d disabled {y n m l}}\n",
+		menu_num, line_num );
+	    break;
+
+	case token_hex:
+	case token_int:
+	case token_string:
+	    printf( ".menu%d.config.f.x%d.x configure -state normal -foreground [ cget .ref -foreground ]; ",
+		menu_num, line_num );
+	    printf( ".menu%d.config.f.x%d.l configure -state normal; ",
+		menu_num, line_num );
+	    printf( "} else {" );
+	    printf( ".menu%d.config.f.x%d.x configure -state disabled -foreground [ cget .ref -disabledforeground ]; ",
+		menu_num, line_num );
+	    printf( ".menu%d.config.f.x%d.l configure -state disabled}\n",
+		menu_num, line_num );
+	    break;
+
+	case token_comment:
+	case token_mainmenu_option:
+	    if ( line_num >= 0 )
+	    {
+		printf( "configure_entry .menu%d.config.f.x%d normal {m}",
+		    menu_num, line_num );
+		printf( "} else {" );
+		printf( "configure_entry .menu%d.config.f.x%d disabled {m}}\n",
+		    menu_num, line_num );
+	    }
+	    else
+		printf( ".f0.x%d configure -state normal } else { .f0.x%d configure -state disabled }\n",
+		    menu_num, menu_num );
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	int modtoyes = 0;
+
+	switch ( cfg->token )
+	{
+	default:
+	    printf( " }\n" );
+	    break;
+
+	case token_dep_mbool:
+	    modtoyes = 1;
+	case token_dep_bool:
+	    printf( "\n" );
+	    for ( tmp = cfg->depend; tmp; tmp = tmp->next )
+		if ( ! vartable[get_varnum( tmp->name )].global_written )
+		{
+		    global( tmp->name );
+		}
+	    printf( "\tset tmpvar_dep [effective_dep [list" );
+	    for ( tmp = cfg->depend; tmp; tmp = tmp->next )
+		printf( " $%s", tmp->name );
+	    printf( "]];set %s [sync_bool $%s $tmpvar_dep %d];",
+		vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, vartable[cfg->nameindex].name,
+		modtoyes );
+	case token_bool:
+	    if ( cfg->token == token_bool )
+		printf( "\n\t" );
+	    printf( "set %s [expr $%s&15]",
+		vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+	    printf( "} else {");
+	    printf( "set %s [expr $%s|16]}\n",
+		vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+	    break;
+
+	case token_choice_header:
+	    printf( "} else {" );
+	    for ( cfg1  = cfg->next;
+		  cfg1 != NULL && cfg1->token == token_choice_item;
+		  cfg1  = cfg1->next )
+		printf( "set %s 4;", vartable[cfg1->nameindex].name );
+	    printf( "}\n" );
+	    break;
+
+	case token_choice_item:
+	    fprintf( stderr, "Internal error on token_choice_item\n" );
+	    exit( 1 );
+
+	case token_define_bool:
+	case token_define_tristate:
+	    if ( ! vartable[get_varnum( cfg->value )].global_written )
+	    {
+		global( cfg->value );
+	    }
+	    printf( "set %s $%s }\n",
+		vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, cfg->value );
+	    break;
+
+	case token_define_hex:
+	case token_define_int:
+	    printf( "set %s %s }\n",
+		vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, cfg->value );
+	    break;
+
+	case token_define_string:
+	    printf( "set %s \"%s\" }\n",
+		vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, cfg->value );
+	    break;
+
+	case token_dep_tristate:
+	    printf( "\n" );
+	    for ( tmp = cfg->depend; tmp; tmp = tmp->next )
+		if ( ! vartable[get_varnum( tmp->name )].global_written )
+		{
+		    global( tmp->name );
+		}
+	    printf( "\tset tmpvar_dep [effective_dep [list" );
+	    for ( tmp = cfg->depend; tmp; tmp = tmp->next )
+		printf( " $%s", tmp->name );
+	    printf( "]]; set %s [sync_tristate $%s $tmpvar_dep]; ",
+		vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+	case token_tristate:
+	    if ( cfg->token == token_tristate )
+		printf( "if {($CONFIG_MODULES == 0) && ($%s == 2)} then {set %s 1}; ",
+		    vartable[cfg->nameindex].name,
+		    vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+	/*
+	 * Or in a bit to the variable - this causes all of the radiobuttons
+	 * to be deselected (i.e. not be red).
+	 */
+	    printf( "set %s [expr $%s&15]",
+		vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+	    printf( "} else {" );
+
+	/*
+	 * Clear the disable bit to enable the correct radiobutton.
+	 */
+	    printf( "set %s [expr $%s|16]}\n",
+		vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+	    break;
+
+	case token_hex:
+	case token_int:
+	    if ( cfg->value && *cfg->value == '$' )
+	    {
+		int index = get_varnum( cfg->value+1 );
+		printf( "\n" );
+		if ( ! vartable[index].global_written )
+		{
+		    global( vartable[index].name );
+		}
+		printf( "\t" );
+	    }
+	    if ( cfg->token == token_hex )
+		printf( "validate_hex " );
+	    else if ( cfg->token == token_int )
+		printf( "validate_int " );
+	    printf( "%s \"$%s\" %s}\n",
+		vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, vartable[cfg->nameindex].name,
+		cfg->value );
+	    break;
+
+	case token_unset:
+	    printf( "set %s 4}\n", vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Generate a line that writes a variable to the output file.
+ */
+void generate_writeconfig( struct kconfig * cfg )
+{
+    struct condition * cond;
+    struct dependency * tmp;
+    int depmod = 2;
+    
+    /*
+     * Generate global declaration for this symbol.
+     */
+    if ( cfg->token != token_comment )
+    {
+	if ( cfg->nameindex > 0 && ! vartable[cfg->nameindex].global_written )
+	{
+	    vartable[cfg->nameindex].global_written = 1;
+	    global( vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+	}
+	if ( cfg->token == token_define_tristate || cfg->token == token_define_bool )
+	{
+	    if ( ! vartable[get_varnum( cfg->value )].global_written )
+	    {
+		vartable[get_varnum( cfg->value )].global_written = 1;
+		global( cfg->value );
+	    }
+	}
+	else if ( cfg->nameindex <= 0 && cfg->token == token_choice_header )
+	{
+	    printf( "\tglobal tmpvar_%d\n", -(cfg->nameindex) );
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Generate global declarations for the condition chain.
+     */
+    for ( cond = cfg->cond; cond != NULL; cond = cond->next )
+    {
+	switch( cond->op )
+	{
+	default:
+	    break;
+
+	case op_variable:
+	    if ( ! vartable[cond->nameindex].global_written )
+	    {
+		vartable[cond->nameindex].global_written = 1;
+		global( vartable[cond->nameindex].name );
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Generate indentation.
+     */
+	printf( "\t" );
+
+    /*
+     * Generate the conditional.
+     */
+    if ( cfg->cond != NULL )
+    {
+	printf( "if {" );
+	for ( cond = cfg->cond; cond != NULL; cond = cond->next )
+	{
+	    switch ( cond->op )
+	    {
+	    default:           break;
+	    case op_bang:      printf( " ! "  ); break;
+	    case op_eq:        printf( " == " ); break;
+	    case op_neq:       printf( " != " ); break;
+	    case op_and:       printf( " && " ); break;
+	    case op_and1:      printf( " && " ); break;
+	    case op_or:        printf( " || " ); break;
+	    case op_lparen:    printf( "("    ); break;
+	    case op_rparen:    printf( ")"    ); break;
+
+	    case op_variable:
+		printf( "$%s", vartable[cond->nameindex].name );
+		break;
+
+	    case op_constant:
+		if      ( strcmp( cond->str, "n" ) == 0 ) printf( "0" );
+		else if ( strcmp( cond->str, "y" ) == 0 ) printf( "1" );
+		else if ( strcmp( cond->str, "m" ) == 0 ) printf( "2" );
+		else if ( strcmp( cond->str, "" ) == 0 )  printf( "4" );
+		else
+		    printf( "\"%s\"", cond->str );
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	printf( "} then {" );
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Generate a procedure call to write the value.
+     * This code depends on the write_* procedures in header.tk.
+     */
+    switch ( cfg->token )
+    {
+    default:
+	if ( cfg->cond != NULL )
+	    printf( " }" );
+	printf( "\n" );
+	break;
+
+    case token_bool:
+    case token_tristate:
+	printf( "write_tristate $cfg $autocfg %s $%s [list $notmod] 2", 
+	    vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+	if ( cfg->cond != NULL )
+	    printf( " }" );
+	printf( "\n" );
+	break;
+
+    case token_choice_header:
+	/*
+	 * This is funky code -- it fails if there were any conditionals.
+	 * Fortunately all the conditionals got stripped off somewhere
+	 * else.
+	 */
+	{
+	    struct kconfig * cfg1;
+	    for ( cfg1  = cfg->next;
+		  cfg1 != NULL && cfg1->token == token_choice_item;
+		  cfg1  = cfg1->next )
+	    {
+		printf("\n\tif { $tmpvar_%d == \"%s\" } then { write_tristate $cfg $autocfg %s 1 [list $notmod] 2 } else { write_tristate $cfg $autocfg %s 0 [list $notmod] 2 }",
+		    -(cfg->nameindex), cfg1->label,
+		    vartable[cfg1->nameindex].name,
+		    vartable[cfg1->nameindex].name );
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( cfg->cond != NULL )
+	    printf( "}" );
+	printf( "\n" );
+	break;
+
+    case token_choice_item:
+	fprintf( stderr, "Internal error on token_choice_item\n" );
+	exit( 1 );
+
+    case token_comment:
+	printf( "write_comment $cfg $autocfg \"%s\"",
+	    cfg->label );
+	if ( cfg->cond != NULL )
+	    printf( "}" );
+	printf( "\n" );
+	break;
+
+    case token_define_bool:
+    case token_define_tristate:
+	if ( cfg->cond == NULL )
+	{
+	    printf( "write_tristate $cfg $autocfg %s $%s [list $notmod] 2\n",
+		vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    printf( "write_tristate $cfg $autocfg %s $%s [list $notmod] 2 }\n",
+		vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, cfg->value );
+	}
+	break;
+
+    case token_dep_mbool:
+	depmod = 1;
+    case token_dep_bool:
+    case token_dep_tristate:
+	printf( "write_tristate $cfg $autocfg %s $%s [list",
+	    vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+	for ( tmp = cfg->depend; tmp; tmp = tmp->next )
+	    printf( " $%s", tmp->name );
+	printf( "] %d", depmod );
+	if ( cfg->cond != NULL )
+	    printf( " }" );
+	printf( "\n" );
+	break;
+
+    case token_define_hex:
+	printf( "write_hex $cfg $autocfg %s %s $notmod",
+	    vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, cfg->value );
+	if ( cfg->cond != NULL )
+	    printf( " }" );
+	printf( "\n" );
+	break;
+
+    case token_define_int:
+	printf( "write_int $cfg $autocfg %s %s $notmod",
+	    vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, cfg->value );
+	if ( cfg->cond != NULL )
+	    printf( " }" );
+	printf( "\n" );
+	break;
+
+    case token_define_string:
+	printf( "write_string $cfg $autocfg %s \"%s\" $notmod",
+	    vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, cfg->value );
+	if ( cfg->cond != NULL )
+	    printf( " }" );
+	printf( "\n" );
+	break;
+
+    case token_hex:
+	printf( "write_hex $cfg $autocfg %s $%s $notmod",
+	    vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+	if ( cfg->cond != NULL )
+	    printf( " }" );
+	printf( "\n" );
+	break;
+
+    case token_int:
+	printf( "write_int $cfg $autocfg %s $%s $notmod",
+	    vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+	if ( cfg->cond != NULL )
+	    printf( " }" );
+	printf( "\n" );
+	break;
+
+    case token_string:
+	printf( "write_string $cfg $autocfg %s \"$%s\" $notmod",
+	    vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+	if ( cfg->cond != NULL )
+	    printf( " }" );
+	printf( "\n" );
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+static void generate_update_var( struct kconfig * scfg, int menu_num )
+{
+    struct kconfig * cfg;
+
+    if ( menu_num>0 )
+    {
+	printf( "proc update_define_menu%d {} {\n", menu_num );
+	printf( "\tupdate_define_mainmenu\n" );
+    }
+    else
+	printf( "proc update_define_mainmenu {} {\n" );
+    clear_globalflags();
+    global( "CONFIG_MODULES" );
+    vartable[ get_varnum( "CONFIG_MODULES" ) ].global_written = 1;
+    for ( cfg = scfg; cfg != NULL; cfg = cfg->next )
+    {
+	if ( cfg->menu_number == menu_num && (cfg->token == token_define_bool || cfg->token == token_define_tristate
+	||   cfg->token == token_define_hex || cfg->token == token_define_int
+	||   cfg->token == token_define_string || cfg->token == token_unset 
+	||   cfg->token == token_tristate) )
+	{
+	    if ( ! vartable[cfg->nameindex].global_written )
+	    {
+		vartable[cfg->nameindex].global_written = 1;
+		global( vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    for ( cfg = scfg; cfg != NULL; cfg = cfg->next )
+    {
+	char tmp[20];
+	struct kconfig * cfg1;
+
+	if ( cfg->menu_number == menu_num )
+	{
+	    switch ( cfg->token )
+	    {
+	    default:
+	    case token_choice_item:
+		break;
+	    case token_choice_header:
+		sprintf( tmp, "tmpvar_%d", -(cfg->nameindex) );
+		global( tmp );
+		for ( cfg1  = cfg->next;
+		      cfg1 != NULL && cfg1->token == token_choice_item;
+		      cfg1  = cfg1->next )
+		{
+		    vartable[cfg1->nameindex].global_written = 1;
+		    global( vartable[cfg1->nameindex].name );
+		    printf( "\tif {$tmpvar_%d == \"%s\"} then {set %s 1} else {set %s 0}\n",
+			-(cfg->nameindex), cfg1->label,
+			vartable[cfg1->nameindex].name,
+			vartable[cfg1->nameindex].name );
+		}
+		break;
+	    case token_bool:
+	    case token_define_bool:
+	    case token_define_tristate:
+	    case token_define_hex:
+	    case token_define_int:
+	    case token_define_string:
+	    case token_dep_bool:
+	    case token_dep_tristate:
+	    case token_dep_mbool:
+	    case token_int:
+	    case token_hex:
+	    case token_mainmenu_option:
+	    case token_tristate:
+	    case token_unset:
+		if ( cfg->cond != NULL )
+		    generate_if( cfg, cfg->cond, menu_num, -2 );
+		else switch ( cfg->token )
+		{
+		case token_tristate:
+		    printf( "\n\tif {($CONFIG_MODULES == 0)} then {if {($%s == 2)} then {set %s 1}}\n",
+			vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+		    break;
+		case token_define_bool:
+		case token_define_tristate:
+		    if ( ! vartable[get_varnum( cfg->value )].global_written )
+		    {
+			vartable[get_varnum( cfg->value )].global_written = 1;
+			global( cfg->value );
+		    }
+		    printf( "\tset %s $%s\n", vartable[cfg->nameindex].name,
+			cfg->value );
+		    break;
+		case token_define_hex:
+		case token_define_int:
+		    printf( "\tset %s %s\n", vartable[cfg->nameindex].name,
+			cfg->value );
+		    break;
+		case token_define_string:
+		    printf( "\tset %s \"%s\"\n", vartable[cfg->nameindex].name,
+			cfg->value );
+		    break;
+		case token_unset:
+		    printf( "\tset %s 4\n", vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+		default:
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    printf( "}\n\n\n" );
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Generates the end of a menu procedure.
+ */
+static void end_proc( struct kconfig * scfg, int menu_num )
+{
+    struct kconfig * cfg;
+    int i;
+
+    printf( "\n\n\n" );
+    printf( "\tfocus $w\n" );
+    printf( "\tupdate_active\n" );
+    printf( "\tglobal winx; global winy\n" );
+    if ( menu_first[menu_num]->menu_number != 0 )
+    {
+	printf( "\tif {[winfo exists .menu%d] == 0} then ",
+		menu_first[menu_num]->menu_number );
+	printf( "{menu%d .menu%d \"%s\"}\n",
+		menu_first[menu_num]->menu_number, menu_first[menu_num]->menu_number,
+		menu_first[menu_first[menu_num]->menu_number]->label );
+	printf( "\tset winx [expr [winfo x .menu%d]+30]; set winy [expr [winfo y .menu%d]+30]\n",
+		menu_first[menu_num]->menu_number, menu_first[menu_num]->menu_number );
+    }
+    else
+	printf( "\tset winx [expr [winfo x .]+30]; set winy [expr [winfo y .]+30]\n" );
+    printf( "\tif {[winfo exists $w]} then {wm geometry $w +$winx+$winy}\n" );
+
+    /*
+     * Now that the whole window is in place, we need to wait for an "update"
+     * so we can tell the canvas what its virtual size should be.
+     *
+     * Unfortunately, this causes some ugly screen-flashing because the whole
+     * window is drawn, and then it is immediately resized.  It seems
+     * unavoidable, though, since "frame" objects won't tell us their size
+     * until after an update, and "canvas" objects can't automatically pack
+     * around frames.  Sigh.
+     */
+    printf( "\tupdate idletasks\n" );
+    printf( "\tif {[winfo exists $w]} then  {$w.config.canvas create window 0 0 -anchor nw -window $w.config.f\n\n" );
+    printf( "\t$w.config.canvas configure \\\n" );
+    printf( "\t\t-width [expr [winfo reqwidth $w.config.f] + 1]\\\n" );
+    printf( "\t\t-scrollregion \"-1 -1 [expr [winfo reqwidth $w.config.f] + 1] \\\n" );
+    printf( "\t\t\t [expr [winfo reqheight $w.config.f] + 1]\"\n\n" );
+	 
+    /*
+     * If the whole canvas will fit in 3/4 of the screen height, do it;
+     * otherwise, resize to around 1/2 the screen and let us scroll.
+     */
+    printf( "\tset winy [expr [winfo reqh $w] - [winfo reqh $w.config.canvas]]\n" );
+    printf( "\tset scry [expr [winfo screenh $w] / 2]\n" );
+    printf( "\tset maxy [expr [winfo screenh $w] * 3 / 4]\n" );
+    printf( "\tset canvtotal [expr [winfo reqh $w.config.f] + 2]\n" );
+    printf( "\tif [expr $winy + $canvtotal < $maxy] {\n" );
+    printf( "\t\t$w.config.canvas configure -height $canvtotal\n" );
+    printf( "\t} else {\n" );
+    printf( "\t\t$w.config.canvas configure -height [expr $scry - $winy]\n" );
+    printf( "\t\t}\n\t}\n" );
+
+    /*
+     * Limit the min/max window size.  Height can vary, but not width,
+     * because of the limitations of canvas and our laziness.
+     */
+    printf( "\tupdate idletasks\n" );
+    printf( "\tif {[winfo exists $w]} then {\n\twm maxsize $w [winfo width $w] [winfo screenheight $w]\n" );
+    printf( "\twm minsize $w [winfo width $w] 100\n\n" );
+    printf( "\twm deiconify $w\n" );
+    printf( "}\n}\n\n" );
+
+    /*
+     * Now we generate the companion procedure for the menu we just
+     * generated.  This procedure contains all of the code to
+     * disable/enable widgets based upon the settings of the other
+     * widgets, and will be called first when the window is mapped,
+     * and each time one of the buttons in the window are clicked.
+     */
+    printf( "proc update_menu%d {} {\n", menu_num );
+
+    /*
+     * Clear all of the booleans that are defined in this menu.
+     */
+    clear_globalflags();
+    for ( cfg = scfg; cfg != NULL; cfg = cfg->next )
+    {
+	if ( cfg->menu_number == menu_num
+	&&   cfg->token != token_mainmenu_option
+	&&   cfg->token != token_choice_item )
+	{
+	    if ( cfg->cond != NULL )
+	    {
+		int i;
+		if ( (cfg->token == token_tristate || cfg->token == token_dep_tristate)
+		&& ! vartable[i = get_varnum( "CONFIG_MODULES" )].global_written )
+		{
+		    global( "CONFIG_MODULES" );
+		    vartable[i].global_written = 1;
+		}
+		generate_if( cfg, cfg->cond, cfg->menu_number, cfg->menu_line );
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		if ( cfg->token == token_tristate )
+		{
+		    if ( ! vartable[cfg->nameindex].global_written )
+		    {
+			vartable[cfg->nameindex].global_written = 1;
+			printf( "\tglobal %s\n", vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+		    }
+		    if ( ! vartable[i = get_varnum( "CONFIG_MODULES" )].global_written )
+		    {
+			global( "CONFIG_MODULES" );
+			vartable[i].global_written = 1;
+		    }
+		    printf( "\n\tif {($CONFIG_MODULES == 1)} then {configure_entry .menu%d.config.f.x%d normal {m}} else {configure_entry .menu%d.config.f.x%d disabled {m}}\n",
+			menu_num, cfg->menu_line,
+			menu_num, cfg->menu_line );
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	else if ( cfg->token == token_mainmenu_option
+	     &&   cfg->menu_number == menu_num
+	     &&   cfg->cond != NULL )
+	{
+	    generate_if( cfg, cfg->cond, menu_num, cfg->menu_line );
+	}
+    }
+    printf("}\n\n\n");
+
+    generate_update_var( scfg, menu_num );
+}
+
+/*
+ * This is the top level function for generating the tk script.
+ */
+void dump_tk_script( struct kconfig * scfg )
+{
+    int menu_depth;
+    int menu_num [64];
+    int imenu, i;
+    int top_level_num = 0;
+    struct kconfig * cfg;
+    struct kconfig * cfg1 = NULL;
+    const char * name = "No Name";
+
+    /*
+     * Mark begin and end of each menu so I can omit submenus when walking
+     * over a parent menu.
+     */
+    tot_menu_num = 0;
+    menu_depth   = 0;
+    menu_num [0] = 0;
+
+    for ( cfg = scfg; cfg != NULL; cfg = cfg->next )
+    {
+	switch ( cfg->token )
+	{
+	default:
+	    break;
+
+	case token_mainmenu_name:
+	    name = cfg->label;
+	    break;
+
+	case token_mainmenu_option:
+	    if ( ++menu_depth >= 64 )
+		{ fprintf( stderr, "menus too deep\n" ); exit( 1 ); }
+	    if ( ++tot_menu_num >= 100 )
+		{ fprintf( stderr, "too many menus\n" ); exit( 1 ); }
+	    menu_num   [menu_depth]   = tot_menu_num;
+	    menu_first [tot_menu_num] = cfg;
+	    menu_last  [tot_menu_num] = cfg;
+	    /*
+	     * Note, that menu_number is set to the number of parent 
+	     * (upper level) menu.
+	     */
+	    cfg->menu_number = menu_num[menu_depth - 1];
+	    if ( menu_depth == 1 )
+		++top_level_num;
+	    break;
+
+	case token_endmenu:
+	    menu_last [menu_num [menu_depth]] = cfg;
+	    /* flatten menus with proper scoping */
+	    if ( --menu_depth < 0 )
+		{ fprintf( stderr, "unmatched endmenu\n" ); exit( 1 ); }
+	    break;
+
+	case token_bool:
+	case token_choice_header:
+	case token_choice_item:
+	case token_comment:
+	case token_dep_bool:
+	case token_dep_tristate:
+	case token_dep_mbool:
+	case token_hex:
+	case token_int:
+	case token_string:
+	case token_tristate:
+	    cfg->menu_number = menu_num[menu_depth];
+	    if ( menu_depth == 0 )
+		{ fprintf( stderr, "statement not in menu\n" ); exit( 1 ); }
+	    break;
+
+	case token_define_bool:
+	case token_define_hex:
+	case token_define_int:
+	case token_define_string:
+	case token_define_tristate:
+	case token_unset:
+	    cfg->menu_number = menu_num[menu_depth];
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Generate menus per column setting.
+     * There are:
+     *   four extra buttons for save/quit/load/store;
+     *   one blank button
+     *   add two to round up for division
+     */
+    printf( "set menus_per_column %d\n", (top_level_num + 4 + 1 + 2) / 3 );
+    printf( "set total_menus %d\n\n", tot_menu_num );
+
+    printf( "proc toplevel_menu {num} {\n" );
+    for ( imenu = 1; imenu <= tot_menu_num; ++imenu )
+    {
+	int parent = 1;
+
+	if ( menu_first[imenu]->menu_number == 0 )
+	    parent = menu_first[imenu]->menu_number;
+	else
+	    printf( "\tif {$num == %d} then {return %d}\n",
+		imenu, menu_first[imenu]->menu_number );
+    }
+    printf( "\treturn $num\n}\n\n" );
+
+    /*
+     * Generate the menus.
+     */
+    printf( "mainmenu_name \"%s\"\n", name );
+    for ( imenu = 1; imenu <= tot_menu_num; ++imenu )
+    {
+	int menu_line = 0;
+	int nr_submenu = imenu;
+	int menu_name_omitted = 0;
+	int opt_count = 0;
+
+	clear_globalflags();
+	start_proc( menu_first[imenu]->label, imenu, 
+		!menu_first[imenu]->menu_number );
+
+	for ( cfg = menu_first[imenu]->next; cfg != NULL && cfg != menu_last[imenu]; cfg = cfg->next )
+	{
+	    switch ( cfg->token )
+	    {
+	    default:
+		break;
+
+	    case token_mainmenu_option:
+		while ( menu_first[++nr_submenu]->menu_number > imenu )
+		    ;
+		cfg->menu_line = menu_line++;
+		printf( "\tsubmenu $w.config.f %d %d \"%s\" %d\n",
+		    cfg->menu_number, cfg->menu_line, cfg->label, nr_submenu );
+		cfg = menu_last[nr_submenu];
+		break;
+
+	    case token_comment:
+		if ( !cfg->menu_line && !menu_name_omitted )
+		{
+		    cfg->menu_line = -1;
+		    menu_name_omitted = 1;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    menu_name_omitted = 1;
+		    cfg->menu_line = menu_line++;
+		    printf( "\tcomment $w.config.f %d %d \"%s\"\n",
+			cfg->menu_number, cfg->menu_line, cfg->label );
+		}
+		break;
+
+	    case token_bool:
+		cfg->menu_line = menu_line++;
+		printf( "\tbool $w.config.f %d %d \"%s\" %s\n",
+		    cfg->menu_number, cfg->menu_line, cfg->label,
+		    vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+		break;
+
+	    case token_choice_header:
+		/*
+		 * I need the first token_choice_item to pick out the right
+		 * help text from Documentation/Configure.help.
+		 */
+		cfg->menu_line = menu_line++;
+		printf( "\tglobal tmpvar_%d\n", -(cfg->nameindex) );
+		printf( "\tminimenu $w.config.f %d %d \"%s\" tmpvar_%d %s\n",
+		    cfg->menu_number, cfg->menu_line, cfg->label,
+		    -(cfg->nameindex), vartable[cfg->next->nameindex].name );
+		printf( "\tmenu $w.config.f.x%d.x.menu -tearoffcommand \"menutitle \\\"%s\\\"\"\n",
+		    cfg->menu_line, cfg->label );
+		cfg1 = cfg;
+		opt_count = 0;
+		break;
+
+	    case token_choice_item:
+		/* note: no menu line; uses choice header menu line */
+		printf( "\t$w.config.f.x%d.x.menu add radiobutton -label \"%s\" -variable tmpvar_%d -value \"%s\" -command \"update_active\"\n",
+		    cfg1->menu_line, cfg->label, -(cfg1->nameindex),
+		    cfg->label );
+		opt_count++;
+		if ( cfg->next && cfg->next->token != token_choice_item ) {
+		    /* last option in the menu */
+		    printf( "\tmenusplit $w $w.config.f.x%d.x.menu %d\n",
+			cfg1->menu_line, opt_count );
+		}
+		break;
+
+	    case token_dep_bool:
+	    case token_dep_mbool:
+		cfg->menu_line = menu_line++;
+		printf( "\tdep_bool $w.config.f %d %d \"%s\" %s\n",
+		    cfg->menu_number, cfg->menu_line, cfg->label,
+		    vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+		break;
+
+	    case token_dep_tristate:
+		cfg->menu_line = menu_line++;
+		printf( "\tdep_tristate $w.config.f %d %d \"%s\" %s\n",
+		    cfg->menu_number, cfg->menu_line, cfg->label,
+		    vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+		break;
+
+	    case token_hex:
+		cfg->menu_line = menu_line++;
+		printf( "\thex $w.config.f %d %d \"%s\" %s\n",
+		    cfg->menu_number, cfg->menu_line, cfg->label,
+		    vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+		break;
+
+	    case token_int:
+		cfg->menu_line = menu_line++;
+		printf( "\tint $w.config.f %d %d \"%s\" %s\n",
+		    cfg->menu_number, cfg->menu_line, cfg->label,
+		    vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+		break;
+
+	    case token_string:
+		cfg->menu_line = menu_line++;
+		printf( "\tistring $w.config.f %d %d \"%s\" %s\n",
+		    cfg->menu_number, cfg->menu_line, cfg->label,
+		    vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+		break;
+
+	    case token_tristate:
+		cfg->menu_line = menu_line++;
+		printf( "\ttristate $w.config.f %d %d \"%s\" %s\n",
+		    cfg->menu_number, cfg->menu_line, cfg->label,
+		    vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	end_proc( scfg, imenu );
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * The top level menu also needs an update function.  When we update a
+     * submenu, we may need to disable one or more of the submenus on
+     * the top level menu, and this procedure will ensure that things are
+     * correct.
+     */
+    clear_globalflags();
+    printf( "proc update_mainmenu {}  {\n" );
+    for ( imenu = 1; imenu <= tot_menu_num; imenu++ )
+    {
+	if ( menu_first[imenu]->cond != NULL && menu_first[imenu]->menu_number == 0 )
+	    generate_if( menu_first[imenu], menu_first[imenu]->cond, imenu, -1 );
+    }
+    printf( "}\n\n\n" );
+
+    clear_globalflags();
+    /*
+     * Generate code to load the default settings into the variables.
+     * The script in tail.tk will attempt to load .config,
+     * which may override these settings, but that's OK.
+     */
+    for ( cfg = scfg; cfg != NULL; cfg = cfg->next )
+    {
+	switch ( cfg->token )
+	{
+	default:
+	    break;
+
+	case token_bool:
+	case token_choice_item:
+	case token_dep_bool:
+	case token_dep_tristate:
+	case token_dep_mbool:
+	case token_tristate:
+	    if ( ! vartable[cfg->nameindex].global_written )
+	    {
+		printf( "set %s 0\n", vartable[cfg->nameindex].name );
+		vartable[cfg->nameindex].global_written = 1;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case token_choice_header:
+	    printf( "set tmpvar_%d \"(not set)\"\n", -(cfg->nameindex) );
+	    break;
+
+	case token_hex:
+	case token_int:
+	    if ( ! vartable[cfg->nameindex].global_written )
+	    {
+		printf( "set %s %s\n", vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, cfg->value ? cfg->value : "0" );
+		vartable[cfg->nameindex].global_written = 1;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case token_string:
+	    if ( ! vartable[cfg->nameindex].global_written )
+	    {
+		printf( "set %s \"%s\"\n", vartable[cfg->nameindex].name, cfg->value );
+		vartable[cfg->nameindex].global_written = 1;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Define to an empty value all other variables (which are never defined)
+     */
+    for ( i = 1; i <= max_varnum; i++ )
+    {
+	if ( ! vartable[i].global_written
+	&&   strncmp( vartable[i].name, "CONSTANT_", 9 ) )
+	    printf( "set %s 4\n", vartable[i].name );
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Generate a function to write all of the variables to a file.
+     */
+    printf( "proc writeconfig {file1 file2} {\n" );
+    printf( "\tset cfg [open $file1 w]\n" );
+    printf( "\tset autocfg [open $file2 w]\n" );
+    printf( "\tset notmod 1\n" );
+    printf( "\tset notset 0\n" );
+    printf( "\tputs $cfg \"#\"\n");
+    printf( "\tputs $cfg \"# Automatically generated make config: don't edit\"\n");
+    printf( "\tputs $cfg \"#\"\n" );
+
+    printf( "\tputs $autocfg \"/*\"\n" );
+    printf( "\tputs $autocfg \" * Automatically generated C config: don't edit\"\n" );
+    printf( "\tputs $autocfg \" */\"\n" );
+    printf( "\tputs $autocfg \"#define AUTOCONF_INCLUDED\"\n" );
+
+    clear_globalflags();
+    for ( cfg = scfg; cfg != NULL; cfg = cfg->next )
+    {
+	switch ( cfg->token )
+	{
+	default:
+	    break;
+
+	case token_bool:
+	case token_choice_header:
+	case token_comment:
+	case token_define_bool:
+	case token_define_hex:
+	case token_define_int:
+	case token_define_string:
+	case token_define_tristate:
+	case token_dep_bool:
+	case token_dep_tristate:
+	case token_dep_mbool:
+	case token_hex:
+	case token_int:
+	case token_string:
+	case token_tristate:
+	    generate_writeconfig( cfg );
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    printf( "\tclose $cfg\n" );
+    printf( "\tclose $autocfg\n" );
+    printf( "}\n\n\n" );
+
+    /*
+     * Generate a simple function that updates the master choice
+     * variable depending upon what values were loaded from a .config
+     * file.  
+     */
+    printf( "proc clear_choices { } {\n" );
+    for ( cfg = scfg; cfg != NULL; cfg = cfg->next )
+    {
+	if ( cfg->token == token_choice_header )
+	{
+	    for ( cfg1  = cfg->next; 
+		  cfg1 != NULL && cfg1->token == token_choice_item;
+		  cfg1  = cfg1->next )
+	    {
+		printf( "\tglobal %s; set %s 0\n",
+		    vartable[cfg1->nameindex].name,
+		    vartable[cfg1->nameindex].name );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    printf( "}\n\n\n" );
+
+    printf( "proc update_choices { } {\n" );
+    for ( cfg = scfg; cfg != NULL; cfg = cfg->next )
+    {
+	if ( cfg->token == token_choice_header )
+	{
+	    printf( "\tglobal tmpvar_%d\n", -(cfg->nameindex) );
+	    printf("\tset tmpvar_%d \"%s\"\n", -(cfg->nameindex), cfg->value);
+	    for ( cfg1  = cfg->next; 
+		  cfg1 != NULL && cfg1->token == token_choice_item;
+		  cfg1  = cfg1->next )
+	    {
+		printf( "\tglobal %s\n", vartable[cfg1->nameindex].name );
+		printf( "\tif { $%s == 1 } then { set tmpvar_%d \"%s\" }\n",
+		    vartable[cfg1->nameindex].name,
+		    -(cfg->nameindex), cfg1->label );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    printf( "}\n\n\n" );
+
+    generate_update_var( scfg, 0 );
+
+    /*
+     * That's it.  We are done.  The output of this file will have header.tk
+     * prepended and tail.tk appended to create an executable wish script.
+     */
+}
diff --git a/scripts/tkparse.c b/scripts/tkparse.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..241640f23cf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/tkparse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,822 @@
+/*
+ * tkparse.c
+ *
+ * Eric Youngdale was the original author of xconfig.
+ * Michael Elizabeth Chastain (mec@shout.net) is the current maintainer.
+ *
+ * Parse a config.in file and translate it to a wish script.
+ * This task has three parts:
+ *
+ *   tkparse.c	tokenize the input
+ *   tkcond.c   transform 'if ...' statements
+ *   tkgen.c    generate output
+ *
+ * Change History
+ *
+ * 7 January 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain, <mec@shout.net>
+ * - Teach dep_tristate about a few literals, such as:
+ *     dep_tristate 'foo' CONFIG_FOO m
+ *   Also have it print an error message and exit on some parse failures.
+ *
+ * 14 January 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain, <mec@shout.net>
+ * - Don't fclose stdin.  Thanks to Tony Hoyle for nailing this one.
+ *
+ * 14 January 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain, <mec@shout.net>
+ * - Steam-clean this file.  I tested this by generating kconfig.tk for
+ *   every architecture and comparing it character-for-character against
+ *   the output of the old tkparse.
+ *
+ * 23 January 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain, <mec@shout.net>
+ * - Remove bug-compatible code.
+ *
+ * 07 July 1999, Andrzej M. Krzysztofowicz, <ankry@mif.pg.gda.pl>
+ * - Submenus implemented,
+ * - plenty of option updating/displaying fixes,
+ * - dep_bool, define_hex, define_int, define_string, define_tristate and
+ *   undef implemented,
+ * - dep_tristate fixed to support multiple dependencies,
+ * - handling of variables with an empty value implemented,
+ * - value checking for int and hex fields,
+ * - more checking during condition parsing; choice variables are treated as
+ *   all others now,
+ *
+ * TO DO:
+ * - xconfig is at the end of its life cycle.  Contact <mec@shout.net> if
+ *   you are interested in working on the replacement.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "tkparse.h"
+
+static struct kconfig * config_list = NULL;
+static struct kconfig * config_last = NULL;
+static const char * current_file = "<unknown file>";
+static int lineno = 0;
+
+static void do_source( const char * );
+
+#undef strcmp
+int my_strcmp( const char * s1, const char * s2 ) { return strcmp( s1, s2 ); }
+#define strcmp my_strcmp
+
+/*
+ * Report a syntax error.
+ */
+static void syntax_error( const char * msg )
+{
+    fprintf( stderr, "%s: %d: %s\n", current_file, lineno, msg );
+    exit( 1 );
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Find index of a specyfic variable in the symbol table.
+ * Create a new entry if it does not exist yet.
+ */
+#define VARTABLE_SIZE 2048
+struct variable vartable[VARTABLE_SIZE];
+int max_varnum = 0;
+
+int get_varnum( char * name )
+{
+    int i;
+    
+    for ( i = 1; i <= max_varnum; i++ )
+	if ( strcmp( vartable[i].name, name ) == 0 )
+	    return i;
+    if (max_varnum > VARTABLE_SIZE-1)
+	syntax_error( "Too many variables defined." );
+    vartable[++max_varnum].name = malloc( strlen( name )+1 );
+    strcpy( vartable[max_varnum].name, name );
+    return max_varnum;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Get a string.
+ */
+static const char * get_string( const char * pnt, char ** label )
+{
+    const char * word;
+
+    word = pnt;
+    for ( ; ; )
+    {
+	if ( *pnt == '\0' || *pnt == ' ' || *pnt == '\t' )
+	    break;
+	pnt++;
+    }
+
+    *label = malloc( pnt - word + 1 );
+    memcpy( *label, word, pnt - word );
+    (*label)[pnt - word] = '\0';
+
+    if ( *pnt != '\0' )
+	pnt++;
+    return pnt;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Get a quoted string.
+ * Insert a '\' before any characters that need quoting.
+ */
+static const char * get_qstring( const char * pnt, char ** label )
+{
+    char quote_char;
+    char newlabel [2048];
+    char * pnt1;
+
+    /* advance to the open quote */
+    for ( ; ; )
+    {
+	if ( *pnt == '\0' )
+	    return pnt;
+	quote_char = *pnt++;
+	if ( quote_char == '"' || quote_char == '\'' )
+	    break;
+    }
+
+    /* copy into an intermediate buffer */
+    pnt1 = newlabel;
+    for ( ; ; )
+    {
+	if ( *pnt == '\0' )
+	    syntax_error( "unterminated quoted string" );
+	if ( *pnt == quote_char && pnt[-1] != '\\' )
+	    break;
+
+	/* copy the character, quoting if needed */
+	if ( *pnt == '"' || *pnt == '\'' || *pnt == '[' || *pnt == ']' )
+	    *pnt1++ = '\\';
+	*pnt1++ = *pnt++;
+    }
+
+    /* copy the label into a permanent location */
+    *pnt1++ = '\0';
+    *label = (char *) malloc( pnt1 - newlabel );
+    memcpy( *label, newlabel, pnt1 - newlabel );
+
+    /* skip over last quote and next whitespace */
+    pnt++;
+    while ( *pnt == ' ' || *pnt == '\t' )
+	pnt++;
+    return pnt;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Get a quoted or unquoted string. It is recognized by the first 
+ * non-white character. '"' and '"' are not allowed inside the string.
+ */
+static const char * get_qnqstring( const char * pnt, char ** label )
+{
+    char quote_char;
+
+    while ( *pnt == ' ' || *pnt == '\t' )
+	pnt++;
+
+    if ( *pnt == '\0' )
+	return pnt;
+    quote_char = *pnt;
+    if ( quote_char == '"' || quote_char == '\'' )
+	return get_qstring( pnt, label );
+    else
+	return get_string( pnt, label );
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Tokenize an 'if' statement condition.
+ */
+static struct condition * tokenize_if( const char * pnt )
+{
+    struct condition * list;
+    struct condition * last;
+    struct condition * prev;
+
+    /* eat the open bracket */
+    while ( *pnt == ' ' || *pnt == '\t' )
+	pnt++;
+    if ( *pnt != '[' )
+	syntax_error( "bad 'if' condition" );
+    pnt++;
+
+    list = last = NULL;
+    for ( ; ; )
+    {
+	struct condition * cond;
+
+	/* advance to the next token */
+	while ( *pnt == ' ' || *pnt == '\t' )
+	    pnt++;
+	if ( *pnt == '\0' )
+	    syntax_error( "unterminated 'if' condition" );
+	if ( *pnt == ']' )
+	    return list;
+
+	/* allocate a new token */
+	cond = malloc( sizeof(*cond) );
+	memset( cond, 0, sizeof(*cond) );
+	if ( last == NULL )
+	    { list = last = cond; prev = NULL; }
+	else
+	    { prev = last; last->next = cond; last = cond; }
+
+	/* determine the token value */
+	if ( *pnt == '-' && pnt[1] == 'a' )
+	{
+	    if ( ! prev || ( prev->op != op_variable && prev->op != op_constant ) )
+		syntax_error( "incorrect argument" );
+	    cond->op = op_and;  pnt += 2; continue;
+	}
+
+	if ( *pnt == '-' && pnt[1] == 'o' )
+	{
+	    if ( ! prev || ( prev->op != op_variable && prev->op != op_constant ) )
+		syntax_error( "incorrect argument" );
+	    cond->op = op_or;   pnt += 2; continue;
+	}
+
+	if ( *pnt == '!' && pnt[1] == '=' )
+	{
+	    if ( ! prev || ( prev->op != op_variable && prev->op != op_constant ) )
+		syntax_error( "incorrect argument" );
+	    cond->op = op_neq;  pnt += 2; continue;
+	}
+
+	if ( *pnt == '=' )
+	{
+	    if ( ! prev || ( prev->op != op_variable && prev->op != op_constant ) )
+		syntax_error( "incorrect argument" );
+	    cond->op = op_eq;   pnt += 1; continue;
+	}
+
+	if ( *pnt == '!' )
+	{
+	    if ( prev && ( prev->op != op_and && prev->op != op_or
+		      && prev->op != op_bang ) )
+		syntax_error( "incorrect argument" );
+	    cond->op = op_bang; pnt += 1; continue;
+	}
+
+	if ( *pnt == '"' )
+	{
+	    const char * word;
+
+	    if ( prev && ( prev->op == op_variable || prev->op == op_constant ) )
+		syntax_error( "incorrect argument" );
+	    /* advance to the word */
+	    pnt++;
+	    if ( *pnt == '$' )
+		{ cond->op = op_variable; pnt++; }
+	    else
+		{ cond->op = op_constant; }
+
+	    /* find the end of the word */
+	    word = pnt;
+	    for ( ; ; )
+	    {
+		if ( *pnt == '\0' )
+		    syntax_error( "unterminated double quote" );
+		if ( *pnt == '"' )
+		    break;
+		pnt++;
+	    }
+
+	    /* store a copy of this word */
+	    {
+		char * str = malloc( pnt - word + 1 );
+		memcpy( str, word, pnt - word );
+		str [pnt - word] = '\0';
+		if ( cond->op == op_variable )
+		{
+		    cond->nameindex = get_varnum( str );
+		    free( str );
+		}
+		else /* op_constant */
+		{
+		    cond->str = str;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    pnt++;
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	/* unknown token */
+	syntax_error( "bad if condition" );
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Tokenize a choice list.  Choices appear as pairs of strings;
+ * note that I am parsing *inside* the double quotes.  Ugh.
+ */
+static const char * tokenize_choices( struct kconfig * cfg_choose,
+    const char * pnt )
+{
+    int default_checked = 0;
+    for ( ; ; )
+    {
+	struct kconfig * cfg;
+	char * buffer = malloc( 64 );
+
+	/* skip whitespace */
+	while ( *pnt == ' ' || *pnt == '\t' )
+	    pnt++;
+	if ( *pnt == '\0' )
+	    return pnt;
+
+	/* allocate a new kconfig line */
+	cfg = malloc( sizeof(*cfg) );
+	memset( cfg, 0, sizeof(*cfg) );
+	if ( config_last == NULL )
+	    { config_last = config_list = cfg; }
+	else
+	    { config_last->next = cfg; config_last = cfg; }
+
+	/* fill out the line */
+	cfg->token      = token_choice_item;
+	cfg->cfg_parent = cfg_choose;
+	pnt = get_string( pnt, &cfg->label );
+	if ( ! default_checked &&
+	     ! strncmp( cfg->label, cfg_choose->value, strlen( cfg_choose->value ) ) )
+	{
+	    default_checked = 1;
+	    free( cfg_choose->value );
+	    cfg_choose->value = cfg->label;
+	}
+	while ( *pnt == ' ' || *pnt == '\t' )
+	    pnt++;
+	pnt = get_string( pnt, &buffer );
+	cfg->nameindex = get_varnum( buffer );
+    }
+    if ( ! default_checked )
+	syntax_error( "bad 'choice' default value" );
+    return pnt;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Tokenize one line.
+ */
+static void tokenize_line( const char * pnt )
+{
+    static struct kconfig * last_menuoption = NULL;
+    enum e_token token;
+    struct kconfig * cfg;
+    struct dependency ** dep_ptr;
+    char * buffer = malloc( 64 );
+
+    /* skip white space */
+    while ( *pnt == ' ' || *pnt == '\t' )
+	pnt++;
+
+    /*
+     * categorize the next token
+     */
+
+#define match_token(t, s) \
+    if (strncmp(pnt, s, strlen(s)) == 0) { token = t; pnt += strlen(s); break; }
+
+    token = token_UNKNOWN;
+    switch ( *pnt )
+    {
+    default:
+	break;
+
+    case '#':
+    case '\0':
+	return;
+
+    case 'b':
+	match_token( token_bool, "bool" );
+	break;
+
+    case 'c':
+	match_token( token_choice_header, "choice"  );
+	match_token( token_comment, "comment" );
+	break;
+
+    case 'd':
+	match_token( token_define_bool, "define_bool" );
+	match_token( token_define_hex, "define_hex" );
+	match_token( token_define_int, "define_int" );
+	match_token( token_define_string, "define_string" );
+	match_token( token_define_tristate, "define_tristate" );
+	match_token( token_dep_bool, "dep_bool" );
+	match_token( token_dep_mbool, "dep_mbool" );
+	match_token( token_dep_tristate, "dep_tristate" );
+	break;
+
+    case 'e':
+	match_token( token_else, "else" );
+	match_token( token_endmenu, "endmenu" );
+	break;
+
+    case 'f':
+	match_token( token_fi, "fi" );
+	break;
+
+    case 'h':
+	match_token( token_hex, "hex" );
+	break;
+
+    case 'i':
+	match_token( token_if, "if" );
+	match_token( token_int, "int" );
+	break;
+
+    case 'm':
+	match_token( token_mainmenu_name, "mainmenu_name" );
+	match_token( token_mainmenu_option, "mainmenu_option" );
+	break;
+
+    case 's':
+	match_token( token_source, "source" );
+	match_token( token_string, "string" );
+	break;
+
+    case 't':
+	match_token( token_then, "then" );
+	match_token( token_tristate, "tristate" );
+	break;
+
+    case 'u':
+	match_token( token_unset, "unset" );
+	break;
+    }
+
+#undef match_token
+
+    if ( token == token_source )
+    {
+	while ( *pnt == ' ' || *pnt == '\t' )
+	    pnt++;
+	do_source( pnt );
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if ( token == token_then )
+    {
+	if ( config_last != NULL && config_last->token == token_if )
+	    return;
+	syntax_error( "bogus 'then'" );
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    if ( token == token_unset )
+    {
+	fprintf( stderr, "Ignoring 'unset' command\n" );
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ( token == token_UNKNOWN )
+	syntax_error( "unknown command" );
+
+    /*
+     * Allocate an item.
+     */
+    cfg = malloc( sizeof(*cfg) );
+    memset( cfg, 0, sizeof(*cfg) );
+    if ( config_last == NULL )
+	{ config_last = config_list = cfg; }
+    else
+	{ config_last->next = cfg; config_last = cfg; }
+
+    /*
+     * Tokenize the arguments.
+     */
+    while ( *pnt == ' ' || *pnt == '\t' )
+	pnt++;
+
+    cfg->token = token;
+    switch ( token )
+    {
+    default:
+	syntax_error( "unknown token" );
+
+    case token_bool:
+    case token_tristate:
+	pnt = get_qstring ( pnt, &cfg->label );
+	pnt = get_string  ( pnt, &buffer );
+	cfg->nameindex = get_varnum( buffer );
+	break;
+
+    case token_choice_header:
+	{
+	    static int choose_number = 0;
+	    char * choice_list;
+
+	    pnt = get_qstring ( pnt, &cfg->label  );
+	    pnt = get_qstring ( pnt, &choice_list );
+	    pnt = get_string  ( pnt, &cfg->value  );
+	    cfg->nameindex = -(choose_number++);
+	    tokenize_choices( cfg, choice_list );
+	    free( choice_list );
+	}
+	break;
+
+    case token_comment:
+	pnt = get_qstring(pnt, &cfg->label);
+	if ( last_menuoption != NULL )
+	{
+	    pnt = get_qstring(pnt, &cfg->label);
+	    if (cfg->label == NULL)
+		syntax_error( "missing comment text" );
+	    last_menuoption->label = cfg->label;
+	    last_menuoption = NULL;
+	}
+	break;
+
+    case token_define_bool:
+    case token_define_tristate:
+	pnt = get_string( pnt, &buffer );
+	cfg->nameindex = get_varnum( buffer );
+	while ( *pnt == ' ' || *pnt == '\t' )
+	    pnt++;
+	if ( ( pnt[0] == 'Y'  || pnt[0] == 'M' || pnt[0] == 'N'
+	||     pnt[0] == 'y'  || pnt[0] == 'm' || pnt[0] == 'n' )
+	&&   ( pnt[1] == '\0' || pnt[1] == ' ' || pnt[1] == '\t' ) )
+	{
+	    if      ( *pnt == 'n' || *pnt == 'N' ) cfg->value = strdup( "CONSTANT_N" );
+	    else if ( *pnt == 'y' || *pnt == 'Y' ) cfg->value = strdup( "CONSTANT_Y" );
+	    else if ( *pnt == 'm' || *pnt == 'M' ) cfg->value = strdup( "CONSTANT_M" );
+	}
+	else if ( *pnt == '$' )
+	{
+	    pnt++;
+	    pnt = get_string( pnt, &cfg->value );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    syntax_error( "unknown define_bool value" );
+	}
+	get_varnum( cfg->value );
+	break;
+
+    case token_define_hex:
+    case token_define_int:
+	pnt = get_string( pnt, &buffer );
+	cfg->nameindex = get_varnum( buffer );
+	pnt = get_string( pnt, &cfg->value );
+	break;
+
+    case token_define_string:
+	pnt = get_string( pnt, &buffer );
+	cfg->nameindex = get_varnum( buffer );
+	pnt = get_qnqstring( pnt, &cfg->value );
+	if (cfg->value == NULL)
+	    syntax_error( "missing value" );
+	break;
+
+    case token_dep_bool:
+    case token_dep_mbool:
+    case token_dep_tristate:
+	pnt = get_qstring ( pnt, &cfg->label );
+	pnt = get_string  ( pnt, &buffer );
+	cfg->nameindex = get_varnum( buffer );
+
+	while ( *pnt == ' ' || *pnt == '\t' )
+	    pnt++;
+
+	dep_ptr = &(cfg->depend);
+
+	do {
+	    *dep_ptr = (struct dependency *) malloc( sizeof( struct dependency ) );
+	    (*dep_ptr)->next = NULL;
+
+	    if ( ( pnt[0] == 'Y'  || pnt[0] == 'M' || pnt[0] == 'N'
+	    ||     pnt[0] == 'y'  || pnt[0] == 'm' || pnt[0] == 'n' )
+	    &&   ( pnt[1] == '\0' || pnt[1] == ' ' || pnt[1] == '\t' ) )
+	    {
+		/* dep_tristate 'foo' CONFIG_FOO m */
+		if      ( pnt[0] == 'Y' || pnt[0] == 'y' )
+		    (*dep_ptr)->name = strdup( "CONSTANT_Y" );
+		else if ( pnt[0] == 'N' || pnt[0] == 'n' )
+		    (*dep_ptr)->name = strdup( "CONSTANT_N" );
+		else
+		    (*dep_ptr)->name = strdup( "CONSTANT_M" );
+		pnt++;
+		get_varnum( (*dep_ptr)->name );
+	    }
+	    else if ( *pnt == '$' )
+	    {
+		pnt++;
+		pnt = get_string( pnt, &(*dep_ptr)->name );
+		get_varnum( (*dep_ptr)->name );
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		syntax_error( "can't handle dep_bool/dep_mbool/dep_tristate condition" );
+	    }
+	    dep_ptr = &(*dep_ptr)->next;
+	    while ( *pnt == ' ' || *pnt == '\t' )
+		pnt++;
+	} while ( *pnt );
+
+	/*
+	 * Create a conditional for this object's dependencies.
+	 */
+	{
+	    char fake_if [1024];
+	    struct dependency * dep;
+	    struct condition ** cond_ptr;
+	    int first = 1;
+
+	    cond_ptr = &(cfg->cond);
+	    for ( dep = cfg->depend; dep; dep = dep->next )
+	    {
+		if ( token == token_dep_tristate
+		&& ! strcmp( dep->name, "CONSTANT_M" ) )
+		{
+		    continue;
+		}
+		if ( first )
+		{
+		    first = 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    *cond_ptr = malloc( sizeof(struct condition) );
+		    memset( *cond_ptr, 0, sizeof(struct condition) );
+		    (*cond_ptr)->op = op_and;
+		    cond_ptr = &(*cond_ptr)->next;
+		}
+		*cond_ptr = malloc( sizeof(struct condition) );
+		memset( *cond_ptr, 0, sizeof(struct condition) );
+		(*cond_ptr)->op = op_lparen;
+		if ( token == token_dep_bool )
+		    sprintf( fake_if, "[ \"$%s\" = \"y\" -o \"$%s\" = \"\" ]; then",
+			dep->name, dep->name );
+		else
+		    sprintf( fake_if, "[ \"$%s\" = \"y\" -o \"$%s\" = \"m\" -o \"$%s\" = \"\" ]; then",
+			dep->name, dep->name, dep->name );
+		(*cond_ptr)->next = tokenize_if( fake_if );
+		while ( *cond_ptr )
+		    cond_ptr = &(*cond_ptr)->next;
+		*cond_ptr = malloc( sizeof(struct condition) );
+		memset( *cond_ptr, 0, sizeof(struct condition) );
+		(*cond_ptr)->op = op_rparen;
+		cond_ptr = &(*cond_ptr)->next;
+	    }
+	}
+	break;
+
+    case token_else:
+    case token_endmenu:
+    case token_fi:
+	break;
+
+    case token_hex:
+    case token_int:
+	pnt = get_qstring ( pnt, &cfg->label );
+	pnt = get_string  ( pnt, &buffer );
+	cfg->nameindex = get_varnum( buffer );
+	pnt = get_string  ( pnt, &cfg->value );
+	break;
+
+    case token_string:
+	pnt = get_qstring ( pnt, &cfg->label );
+	pnt = get_string  ( pnt, &buffer );
+	cfg->nameindex = get_varnum( buffer );
+	pnt = get_qnqstring  ( pnt, &cfg->value );
+	if (cfg->value == NULL)
+	    syntax_error( "missing initial value" );
+	break;
+
+    case token_if:
+	cfg->cond = tokenize_if( pnt );
+	break;
+
+    case token_mainmenu_name:
+	pnt = get_qstring( pnt, &cfg->label );
+	break;
+
+    case token_mainmenu_option:
+	if ( strncmp( pnt, "next_comment", 12 ) == 0 )
+	    last_menuoption = cfg;
+	else
+	    pnt = get_qstring( pnt, &cfg->label );
+	break;
+
+    case token_unset:
+	pnt = get_string( pnt, &buffer );
+	cfg->nameindex = get_varnum( buffer );
+	while ( *pnt == ' ' || *pnt == '\t' )
+	    pnt++;
+	while (*pnt)
+	{
+	    cfg->next = (struct kconfig *) malloc( sizeof(struct kconfig) );
+	    memset( cfg->next, 0, sizeof(struct kconfig) );
+	    cfg = cfg->next;
+	    cfg->token = token_unset;
+	    pnt = get_string( pnt, &buffer );
+	    cfg->nameindex = get_varnum( buffer );
+	    while ( *pnt == ' ' || *pnt == '\t' )
+		pnt++;
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Implement the "source" command.
+ */
+static void do_source( const char * filename )
+{
+    char buffer [2048];
+    FILE * infile;
+    const char * old_file;
+    int old_lineno;
+    int offset;
+
+    /* open the file */
+    if ( strcmp( filename, "-" ) == 0 )
+	infile = stdin;
+    else
+	infile = fopen( filename, "r" );
+
+    /* if that failed, try ../filename */
+    if ( infile == NULL )
+    {
+	sprintf( buffer, "../%s", filename );
+	infile = fopen( buffer, "r" );
+    }
+
+    if ( infile == NULL )
+    {
+	sprintf( buffer, "unable to open %s", filename );
+	syntax_error( buffer );
+    }
+
+    /* push the new file name and line number */
+    old_file     = current_file;
+    old_lineno   = lineno;
+    current_file = filename;
+    lineno       = 0;
+
+    /* read and process lines */
+    for ( offset = 0; ; )
+    {
+	char * pnt;
+
+	/* read a line */
+	fgets( buffer + offset, sizeof(buffer) - offset, infile );
+	if ( feof( infile ) )
+	    break;
+	lineno++;
+
+	/* strip the trailing return character */
+	pnt = buffer + strlen(buffer) - 1;
+	if ( *pnt == '\n' )
+	    *pnt-- = '\0';
+
+	/* eat \ NL pairs */
+	if ( *pnt == '\\' )
+	{
+	    offset = pnt - buffer;
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	/* tokenize this line */
+	tokenize_line( buffer );
+	offset = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* that's all, folks */
+    if ( infile != stdin )
+	fclose( infile );
+    current_file = old_file;
+    lineno       = old_lineno;
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Main program.
+ */
+int main( int argc, const char * argv [] )
+{
+    do_source        ( "-"         );
+    fix_conditionals ( config_list );
+    dump_tk_script   ( config_list );
+    return 0;
+}
diff --git a/scripts/tkparse.h b/scripts/tkparse.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1ca16b1852e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/tkparse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/*
+ * tkparse.h
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Token types (mostly statement types).
+ */
+
+enum e_token
+{
+    token_UNKNOWN,
+    token_bool, 
+    token_choice_header,
+    token_choice_item,
+    token_comment, 
+    token_define_bool,
+    token_define_hex,
+    token_define_int,
+    token_define_string,
+    token_define_tristate,
+    token_dep_bool,
+    token_dep_mbool,
+    token_dep_tristate,
+    token_else, 
+    token_endmenu,
+    token_fi, 
+    token_hex,
+    token_if, 
+    token_int,
+    token_mainmenu_name, 
+    token_mainmenu_option, 
+    token_source,
+    token_string,
+    token_then,
+    token_tristate, 
+    token_unset,
+};
+
+/*
+ * Operator types for conditionals.
+ */
+
+enum operator
+{
+    op_eq,
+    op_neq,
+    op_and,
+    op_and1,
+    op_or,
+    op_bang,
+    op_lparen,
+    op_rparen,
+    op_constant,
+    op_variable,
+    op_true,
+    op_false,
+    op_nuked
+};
+
+/*
+ * Conditions come in linked lists.
+ * Some operators take strings:
+ *
+ *   op_constant   "foo"
+ *   op_variable   "$ARCH", "$CONFIG_PMAC", "$CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL"
+ *
+ * Most "$..." constructs refer to a variable which is defined somewhere
+ * in the script.  Note that it is legal to test variables which are never
+ * defined, such as variables that are meaningful only on other architectures.
+ */
+
+struct condition
+{
+    struct condition *	next;
+    enum operator	op;
+    const char *	str;		/* op_constant */
+    int			nameindex;	/* op_variable */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Dependency list for dep_bool, dep_mbool, dep_tristate
+ */
+
+struct dependency
+{
+    char *		name;
+    struct dependency *	next;
+};
+
+/*
+ * A statement from a config.in file
+ */
+
+struct kconfig
+{
+    struct kconfig *	next;
+    enum e_token	token;
+    int			nameindex;
+    char *		label;
+    char *		value;
+    struct condition *	cond;
+    struct dependency *	depend;		/* token_dep_tristate */
+    struct kconfig *	cfg_parent;	/* token_choice_item */
+
+    /* used only in tkgen.c */
+    int			menu_number;
+    int			menu_line;
+    struct kconfig *	menu_next;
+};
+
+struct variable
+{
+    char *	name;
+    char	defined;
+    char	global_written;
+};
+
+extern struct variable vartable[];
+extern int max_varnum;
+
+/*
+ * Prototypes
+ */
+
+extern void fix_conditionals ( struct kconfig * scfg );		/* tkcond.c */
+extern void dump_tk_script   ( struct kconfig * scfg );		/* tkgen.c  */
+extern int get_varnum        ( char * name );			/* tkparse.c */
diff --git a/scripts/ver_linux b/scripts/ver_linux
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4682d0c7eb50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/scripts/ver_linux
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Before running this script please ensure that your PATH is
+# typical as you use for compilation/istallation. I use
+# /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin /usr/local/bin, but it may
+# differ on your system.
+#
+PATH=/sbin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin:$PATH
+echo '-- Versions installed: (if some fields are empty or look'
+echo '-- unusual then possibly you have very old versions)'
+uname -a
+insmod -V  2>&1 | awk 'NR==1 {print "Kernel modules        ",$NF}'
+echo "Gnu C                 " `gcc --version`
+make --version 2>&1 | awk -F, '{print $1}' | awk \
+      '/GNU Make/{print "Gnu Make              ",$NF}'
+ld -v 2>&1 | awk -F\) '{print $1}' | awk \
+      '/BFD/{print "Binutils              ",$NF}'
+ls -l `ldd /bin/sh | awk '/libc/{print $3}'` | sed -e 's/\.so$//' \
+  | awk -F'[.-]'   '{print "Linux C Library        " $(NF-2)"."$(NF-1)"."$NF}'
+echo -n "Dynamic linker         "
+ldd -v > /dev/null 2>&1 && ldd -v || ldd --version |head -1
+ls -l /usr/lib/lib{g,stdc}++.so  2>/dev/null | awk -F. \
+       '{print "Linux C++ Library      " $4"."$5"."$6}'
+ps --version 2>&1 | awk 'NR==1{print "Procps                ", $NF}'
+mount --version | awk -F\- '{print "Mount                 ", $NF}'
+hostname -V 2>&1 | awk 'NR==1{print "Net-tools             ", $NF}'
+# Kbd needs 'loadkeys -h',
+loadkeys -h 2>&1 | awk \
+'(NR==1 && ($3 !~ /option/)) {print "Kbd                   ", $3}'
+# while console-tools needs 'loadkeys -V'.
+loadkeys -V 2>&1 | awk \
+'(NR==1 && ($2 ~ /console-tools/)) {print "Console-tools         ", $3}'
+expr --v 2>&1 | awk 'NR==1{print "Sh-utils              ", $NF}'
+X=`cat /proc/modules | sed -e "s/ .*$//"`
+echo "Modules Loaded         "$X
author	Linus Torvalds <torvalds@athlon.transmeta.com>	2002-02-04 17:40:40 -0800
committer	Linus Torvalds <torvalds@athlon.transmeta.com>	2002-02-04 17:40:40 -0800
commit	7a2deb32924142696b8174cdf9b38cd72a11fc96 (patch)
tree	8ecc18f81fdb849254f39dc2e9fd77253319e1ec /scripts